Avyakt murli for Wednesday 31 December 2008

Sentence alignment between two languages is corrected.

031-12-08 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादा मधुबन31-12-08 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpdādā madhuban31-12-08 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.]31-12-08 Om peace avyakt BapDada Madhuban

031-12-2008 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

1‘ ‘ अव्यक्त बापदादा ’ ’ मधुबन ‘ ‘ इस नये वर्ष में परिवर्तन शक्ति के वरदान द्वारा निगेटिव को पॉजिटव में परिवर्तन कर संकल्प श्वांस समय को सफल करो सफलतामूर्त बनो ’ ’‘ ‘ avyakt bāpdādā ’ ’ madhuban ‘ ‘ is nayē varṣh mē̃ parivartan śhakti kē|K vardān dvārā negative kō positive mē̃ parivartan kar saṅkalp śhvāṅs samay kō saphal karō saphaltāmūrt banō ’ ’‘ ‘ avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā ’ ’ madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] ‘ ‘ yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan śhakti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ’ ’‘ ‘ avyakt BapDada ’ ’ Madhuban ‘ ‘ this new year in x (of|K) blessing through negative to positive in transformation do[root] thought breathing time to successful do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] embodiment of success become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ’ ’

1In this New Year, with the blessing of the power of transformation, transform the negative into positive; use your thoughts, breath and time in a worthwhile way and become an embodiment of success.

2आज नव जीवन देने वाले बाप अपने चारों ओर के नव जीवन धारण करने वाले बच्चों को देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं . āj nav jīvan dēnē vālē bāp apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K nav jīvan dhāraṇ karnē vālē bachchō̃ kō dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . āj nav[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nav[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today new life give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who father one’s own everywhere (of|K) new life adopting do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

2Today, the Father who gives new life is pleased to see His children everywhere who adopt a new life.

3यह नव जीवन है ही नव युग बनाने के लिए . yah nav jīvan hai hī nav yug banānē kē liē . yah[pn.sg.d.] nav[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nav[adj.] yug[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . this new life be[pres.sg.23] only new age create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .

3This new life is to create the new age.

4लोग नव वर्ष मनाते हैं और आप सभी नव जीवन वाले बच्चे सभी आत्माओं को बधाईयां भी देते हो और साथ में यही खुशखबरी देते हो नव युग आया कि आया . lōg nav varṣh manātē haĩ aur āp sabhī nav jīvan vālē bachchē sabhī ātmāō̃ kō badhāīyā̃ bhī dētē hō aur sāth mē̃ yahī khuśhkhabarī dētē hō nav yug āyā ki āyā . log[n.m.;sg.,d.] nav varṣh[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nav[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nav[adj.] yug[x] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . people New Year celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you all new life those who child all soul to greetings too give[pres.pl.m.2] and with in this good news give[pres.pl.m.2] new age come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

4People celebrate the New Year whereas all of you children with a new life give greetings to all souls and, together with that, you also give the good news that the new age is about to come.

5आप सभी बच्चों को तो बाप ने वर्से के रूप में गोल्डन दुनिया की गिफ्ट दे दी है . āp sabhī bachchō̃ kō tō bāp nē varsē kē|K rūp mē̃ golden duniyā kī|key gift dē dī hai . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . you all child to then father ∅ inheritance (of|K) Rup in golden world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .

5The Father has already given all of you children the gift of the golden world as an inheritance.

6जिस गोल्डन दुनिया में अनेक गोल्डन सौगातें है ही हैं . jis golden duniyā mē̃ anēk golden saugātē̃ hai hī haĩ . jō[pn.sg.o.] golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] golden saugāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that golden world in many golden gift be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

6In this golden world, there are already many golden gifts.

7आप सभी को यही नशा है ना कि यह गोल्डन दुनिया की सौगात तो हमारा जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . āp sabhī kō yahī naśhā hai nā ki yah golden duniyā kī|key saugāt tō hamārā janm siddha adhikār hai . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] tō ham[pn.pl.kā] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you all to this intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that this golden world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift then we[.kā] (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .

7All of you have the intoxication that the gift of the golden world is your birthright, do you not?

8आज की दुनिया में कोई किसको कितनी भी बड़े ते बड़ी सौगात दे , तो बड़े ते बड़ा क्या देंगे , ताज वा तख्त . āj kī|key duniyā mē̃ kōī kiskō kitnī bhī baṛē tē baṛī saugāt dē , tō baṛē tē baṛā kyā dēgē , tāj vā takht . āj karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] , tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] . today (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) world in some who[.kō] so too very from very gift (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) , then very from very what give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , crown or throne .

8In today's world, even if someone gives another person the biggest gift of all, what would he give that is the biggest of all? 9A crown or a throne.

9लेकिन आपके गोल्डन दुनिया की गिफ्ट के आगे वह क्या चीज़ है  ? lēkin āpkē golden duniyā kī|key gift kē āgē vah kyā chīz hai  ? lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] golden duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift kē āgē[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? but you[.kē] golden world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift in front of that what thing be[pres.sg.23]  ?

10However, what is that compared to the gift of the golden world that you have?

10कोई बड़ी चीज़ है  ! kōī baṛī chīz hai  ! kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! some very thing be[pres.sg.23]  !

11Is it anything great?

11आपके दिल में खुशी है कि हमारे बाप ने हमें सबसे ऊंचे ते ऊंची नव युग की गिफ्ट दे दी है . āpkē dil mē̃ khuśhī hai ki hamārē bāp nē hamē̃ sabsē ūñchē tē ūñchī nav yug kī|key gift dē dī hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kē] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kō] sabsē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nav[adj.] yug[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . you[.kē] heart in happiness be[pres.sg.23] that we[.kē] father ∅ we[.kō] the most elevated from elevated new age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .

12In your heart you have the happiness that your Father has given you the highest gift of all - the new age.

12निश्चय है और निश्चित है . niśhchay hai aur niśhchit hai . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . faith be[pres.sg.23] and fixed be[pres.sg.23] .

13You have faith and it is fixed.

13यह भावी कोई टाल नहीं सकता . yah bhāvī kōī ṭāl nahī̃ saktā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kōī[pn.;d.] ṭālnā[root]|ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this will some (x[root]|x) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

14No one can prevent this destiny.

14यह अटल निश्चय सदा स्मृति में रहता है  ! yah aṭal niśhchay sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rahtā hai  ! yah[pn.sg.d.] aṭal[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ! this unshakeable faith constantly awareness in remain[pres.sg.m.23]  !

15You have this unshakeable faith in your awareness constantly.

15सदा रहता है वा कभी-कभी कम हो जाता है  ? sadā rahtā hai vā kabhī-kabhī kam hō jātā hai  ? sadā rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] vā kabhī[adv.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ? constantly remain[pres.sg.m.23] or ever decrease  ?

16Do you have it all the time or does it become a little less sometimes?

16जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है तो जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार कभी टल नहीं सकता . janm siddha adhikār hai tō janm siddha adhikār kabhī ṭal nahī̃ saktā . janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] kabhī[adv.] ṭalnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] then (life|be born[root]) successful right ever x[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

17It is your birthright and so your birthright can never be taken away.

17तो आज आप सभी अलग-अलग स्थानों से नया वर्ष मनाने आये हो . tō āj āp sabhī alag-alag sthānō̃ sē nayā varṣh manānē āyē hō . tō āj āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] alag[adj.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nayā varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . then today you all separate place from New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

18Today, all of you have come here from different places to celebrate the New Year.

18लेकिन यह नया वर्ष भी मना रहे हो तो इस नये वर्ष का लक्ष्य क्या रखा है  ? lēkin yah nayā varṣh bhī manā rahē hō tō is nayē varṣh kā lakṣhya kyā rakhā hai  ? lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] nayā varṣh[x] bhī[p.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] tō yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] kyā rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? but this New Year too celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.2] then this new year of aim what keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

19You are celebrating the New Year and so what is the aim you have kept for this New Year?

19इस नये वर्ष में क्या विशेष करना है  ? is nayē varṣh mē̃ kyā viśhēṣh karnā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā viśhēṣh[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? this new year in what special do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

20What special thing are you going to do in this New Year?

20इस नये वर्ष की विशेषता है कि बाप समान सम्पन्न और सम्पूर्ण बनना ही है . is nayē varṣh kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai ki bāp samān sampann aur sampūrṇ bannā hī hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bāp samān[x] sampann[adj.] aur sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] that equal to the Father full and complete become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

21The speciality of this New Year is that you definitely have to become complete and perfect, equal to the Father.

21कुछ भी पुरूषार्थ करना पड़े लेकिन निश्चित है कि बाप समान बनना ही है . kuchh bhī purūṣhārth karnā paṛē lēkin niśhchit hai ki bāp samān bannā hī hai . kuchh bhī[x] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] lēkin niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anything effort do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] but fixed be[pres.sg.23] that equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

22No matter what effort you have to make, it is fixed that you definitely have to become equal to the Father.

22बोलो , सबके मन में यही पक्का संकल्प है ना  ! bōlō , sabkē man mē̃ yahī pakkā saṅkalp hai nā  ! bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , everyone's mind in this firm thought be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

23Speak! 24All of you have this firm thought in your mind, do you not?

23है  ? hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? be[pres.sg.23]  ? 24कांध हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

25You may nod in agreement.

25बाप भी यही चाहते हैं कि हर एक बच्चा बाप समान बने . bāp bhī yahī chāhtē haĩ ki har ēk bachchā bāp samān banē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[opt.sg.23]|bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . father too this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one child equal to the Father (become[opt.sg.23]|become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

26The Father also wants each child to become equal to the Father.

26बाप तो बाप है लेकिन बच्चे बाप से भी ऊंचे हैं . bāp tō bāp hai lēkin bachchē bāp sē bhī ūñchē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father then father be[pres.sg.23] but child father from too elevated be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

27The Father is the Father, but the children are higher than the Father.

27तो बाप समान बनने के लक्ष्य को पूरा करने के लिए बाप को फॉलो करना पड़े . tō bāp samān bannē kē|K lakṣhya kō pūrā karnē kē liē bāp kō follow karnā paṛē . tō bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lakṣhya[adj.] kō[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . then equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) aim to full do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for father to follow do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .

28So, in order to fulfil the aim of becoming equal to the Father, you have to follow the Father.

28सोचो , बाप , ब्रह्मा बाप सम्पूर्ण कैसे बना  ? sōchō , bāp , brahmā bāp sampūrṇ kaisē banā  ? sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampūrṇ[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root]  ? think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , father , Brahma father complete how (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root])  ?

29Just think about it: How did Father Brahma become perfect?

29उनकी क्या विशेषता रही  ? unkī kyā viśhēṣhtā rahī  ? vah[pn.pl.kī] kyā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.]  ? that[.kī] what speciality remain[past-part.f.]  ?

30What was his speciality?

30सम्पूर्णता का विशेष आधार क्या रहा  ? sampūrṇtā kā viśhēṣh ādhār kyā rahā  ? sampūrṇtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root]  ? perfection of special basis what (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root])  ?

31What was the special basis for his perfection?

31ब्रह्मा बाप ने अपना हर समय सफल किया . brahmā bāp nē apnā har|her samay saphal kiyā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father ∅ (one’s own|adopt[root]) (x[root]|x) time successful do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

32Father Brahma used his every moment in a worthwhile way.

32श्वांस-श्वांस , सेकण्ड-सेकण्ड सफल किया . śhvāṅs-śhvāṅs , second-second saphal kiyā . śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] , second saphal[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . breathing , second successful do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

33He used every breath and every second in a worthwhile way.

33तो बाप समान बनने के लिए इस वर्ष का लक्ष्य क्या रखेंगे  ? tō bāp samān bannē kē liē is varṣh kā lakṣhya kyā rakhē̃gē  ? tō bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] kyā rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] for this year of aim what keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

34So, in order to become equal to the Father, what aim will you keep for this year?

34सफल करना है और सफलतामूर्त बनना ही है . saphal karnā hai aur saphaltāmūrt bannā hī hai . saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . successful do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and embodiment of success become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

35You have to use everything in a worthwhile way and definitely become an embodiment of success.

35सफलता हमारे गले का हार है . saphaltā hamārē galē kā hār hai . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kē] galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . success we[.kē] (throat|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) of (x[root]|x) be[pres.sg.23] .

36Success is the garland around your neck.

36सफलता हमारे बाप का वर्सा है . saphaltā hamārē bāp kā varsā hai . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kē] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . success we[.kē] father of inheritance be[pres.sg.23] .

37Success is your Father's inheritance.

37तो इस लक्ष्य से चेक करना - हर दिन अपने आपको चेक करना है कि सफलतामूर्त बन समय , श्वांस , खज़ाने , शक्तियां , गुण सब सफल किया  ? tō is lakṣhya sē check karnā - har|her din apnē āpkō check karnā hai ki saphaltāmūrt ban samay , śhvāṅs , khazānē , śhaktiyā̃ , guṇ sab saphal kiyā  ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] lakṣhya[adj.] sē[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] check karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] saphaltāmūrt[n.f.;sg.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] , khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] saphal[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then this aim from check do[inf.m.sg.d.] - (x[root]|x) day one’s own you[.kō] check do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that embodiment of success (x|become[root]) time , breathing , treasure , Shakti , virtue all successful do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

38So, with this aim, check. 39Every day you have to check yourself: Did I become an embodiment of success and use my time, breath, treasures, powers and virtues in a worthwhile way?

38क्योंकि अभी की सफलता से भविष्य भी जमा होता है . kyōṅki abhī kī|key saphaltā sē bhaviṣhya bhī jamā hōtā hai . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] bhī[p.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because now (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success from future too (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

40With the success of the present time, I also accumulate for the future.

3921 जन्म जो भी सफल अभी किया , उसका फल जमा होता है . 21 janm jō bhī saphal abhī kiyā , uskā phal jamā hōtā hai . 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] saphal[adj.] ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . 21 (life|be born[root]) that too successful now do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.kā] fruit (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

41Whatever I use in a worthwhile way now, I will accumulate for the future 21 births.

40जानते हो ना , पहले भी सुनाया है कि अगर आप समय सफल करते हो तो भविष्य में भी आपको राज्य भाग्य का फुल समय , राज्य भाग्य की प्राप्ति होती है . jāntē hō nā , pahlē bhī sunāyā hai ki agar āp samay saphal kartē hō tō bhaviṣhya mē̃ bhī āpkō rājya bhāgya kā full samay , rājya bhāgya kī|key prāpti hōtī hai . jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] agar āp[pn.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] full samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , (firstly|x) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that if you time successful do[pres.pl.m.2] then future in too you[.kō] kingdom x of full time , kingdom x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] .

42You know, and you were also told earlier, that if you use your time in a worthwhile way, then, in the future too, you will have the attainment of the fortune of the kingdom for the full duration.

41श्वांस सफल करते हो तो 21 जन्म स्वस्थ रहेंगे . śhvāṅs saphal kartē hō tō 21 janm svastha rahē̃gē . śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] svasth[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . breathing successful do[pres.pl.m.2] then 21 (life|be born[root]) healthy remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

43When you use your breath in a worthwhile way, you will remain healthy for 21 births.

42कभी भी कोई भी स्वास्थ्य में कमी नहीं रहेगी और साथ में जो खज़ाने जमा करते हो , सबसे बड़ा खज़ाना है ज्ञान का , ज्ञान का अर्थ है समझ . kabhī bhī kōī bhī svāsthya mē̃ kamī nahī̃ rahēgī aur sāth mē̃ jō khazānē jamā kartē hō , sabsē baṛā khazānā hai gyān kā , gyān kā arth|earth hai samajh . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī bhī[x] svāsthya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] . ever too anyone health in x not remain[fut.f.sg.23] and with in that treasure accumulate , the most very treasure be[pres.sg.23] knowledge of , knowledge of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] (understanding|understand[root]) . 43तो ज्ञान का खज़ाना सफल करने से भविष्य में आप ऐसे समझदार बन जाते हैं जो आपको कोई वजीरों की राय नहीं लेनी पड़ती है . tō gyān kā khazānā saphal karnē sē bhaviṣhya mē̃ āp aisē samajhdār ban jātē haĩ jō āpkō kōī vajīrō̃ kī|key rāy nahī̃ lēnī paṛtī hai . tō gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhdār[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] vazīr[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . then knowledge of treasure successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from future in you such sensible become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] that you[.kō] some adviser (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x) not take[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .

44There won't be anything lacking in your health. 45Together with that, the treasures that you accumulate - and the greatest treasure is that of knowledge and knowledge means understanding - by using the treasure of knowledge in a worthwhile way, you become so sensible in the future that you don't need to seek advice from any adviser.

44स्वयं ही राज्य अखण्ड , अटल चलाते हो और आपके राज्य में कोई विघ्न नहीं . svayã hī rājya akhaṇḍ , aṭal chalātē hō aur āpkē rājya mē̃ kōī vighna nahī̃ . svayã hī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] akhaṇḍ[adj.] , aṭal[adj.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur āp[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . x only kingdom constant , unshakeable x[pres.pl.m.2] and you[.kē] kingdom in some obstacle not . 45निर्विघ्न अखण्ड , अटल है . nirvighna akhaṇḍ , aṭal hai . nirvighna[adj.] akhaṇḍ[adj.] , aṭal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . free from obstacles constant , unshakeable be[pres.sg.23] .

46You yourself rule the kingdom that is unshakeable and unbreakable and there are no obstacles in your kingdom; it is free from obstacles, unshakeable and unbreakable.

46यह है ज्ञान का खज़ाना जमा करने का फल . yah hai gyān kā khazānā jamā karnē kā phal . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] knowledge of treasure (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of fruit .

47That is the fruit of accumulating the treasure of knowledge.

47एक जन्म सफल किया और अनेक जन्म सफलता का फल खाते हो . ēk janm saphal kiyā aur anēk janm saphaltā kā phal khātē hō . ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] saphal[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[pres.pl.m.2] . one (life|be born[root]) successful do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and many (life|be born[root]) success of fruit eat[pres.pl.m.2] .

48You use it in a worthwhile way for one birth and you eat the fruit of success for many births.

48ऐसे ही शक्तियां जो प्राप्त हैं उनको स्व प्रति वा दूसरों के प्रति सफल करते हो तो भविष्य में आपके राज्य में सर्व शक्तियां हैं , कभी शक्ति कम नहीं होती . aisē hī śhaktiyā̃ jō prāpt haĩ unkō sva prati vā dūsrō̃ kē prati saphal kartē hō tō bhaviṣhya mē̃ āpkē rājya mē̃ sarv śhaktiyā̃ haĩ , kabhī śhakti cum|kam nahī̃ hōtī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] sva prati vā dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . such only Shakti that reached be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] x for or other for successful do[pres.pl.m.2] then future in you[.kē] kingdom in all Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3] , ever Shakti (x|less) not be[pres-part.f.] . 49कोई भी शक्ति की कमी नहीं है . kōī bhī śhakti kī|key kamī nahī̃ hai . kōī bhī[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x not be[pres.sg.23] .

49In the same way, by using for yourself and for others the powers you have received you will have all powers in your future kingdom; no power will be any less; there won't be any power lacking.

50ऐसे ही अगर गुण दान करते हो तो आपका अन्तिम जन्म , 84 जन्म जो जड़ चित्र बनाते हैं उसमें लास्ट तक आपकी महिमा क्या करते हैं  ? aisē hī agar guṇ dān kartē hō tō āpkā antim janm , 84 janm jō jaṛ chitra banātē haĩ usmē̃ last tak āpkī mahimā kyā kartē haĩ  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] agar guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] antim[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] , 84 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] jō[pn.;d.] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] last tak āp[pn.pl.kī] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? such only if virtue donation do[pres.pl.m.2] then you[.kā] final (life|be born[root]) , 84 (life|be born[root]) that (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.mē̃] last until you[.kī] praise what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

50Similarly, if you are donating virtues, then, what is the praise that they sing to the images of your final, 84th birth till the final moment?

51सर्वगुण सम्पन्न . sarvguṇ sampann . sarvguṇ sampann[x] . full of all virtues .

51That you are full of all virtues.

52तो एक-एक सफलता की प्राप्ति के अनेक जन्म के अधिकारी बन जाते हो . tō ēk-ēk saphaltā kī|key prāpti kē|K anēk janm kē|K adhikārī ban jātē hō . tō ēk[adj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . then one success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment (of|K) many (life|be born[root]) (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

52So, by using each and every attainment in a worthwhile way you claim a right to them for many births.

53तो इस वर्ष क्या करना है  ? tō is varṣh kyā karnā hai  ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? then this year what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

53So, what are you going to do this year?

54लक्ष्य रखना है एक श्वांस , एक सेकण्ड भी असफल नहीं हो . lakṣhya rakhnā hai ēk śhvāṅs , ēk second bhī asaphal nahī̃ hō . lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ēk[adj.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] , ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] asaphal[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . aim keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] one breathing , one second too wasteful not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

54You have to keep the aim that not a single breath or a single second goes to waste.

55जमा करना है . jamā karnā hai . jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . accumulate .

55You have to accumulate.

56जमा का समय एक छोटा सा जन्म और फल का समय 21 जन्म , तो इस वर्ष में बाप समान बनने का लक्ष्य है  ? jamā kā samay ēk chhōṭā sā janm aur phal kā samay 21 janm , tō is varṣh mē̃ bāp samān bannē kā lakṣhya hai  ? jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] aur phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] , tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) of time one small x (life|be born[root]) and fruit of time 21 (life|be born[root]) , then this year in equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim be[pres.sg.23]  ?

56The time for accumulation is a very short birth whereas the period for receiving the fruit is 21 births. 57So, this year, do you have the aim of becoming equal to the Father?

57सभी को लक्ष्य है कि बाप समान बनना ही है  ? sabhī kō lakṣhya hai ki bāp samān bannā hī hai  ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? all to aim be[pres.sg.23] that equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23]  ?

58Do all of you have the aim that you definitely have to become equal to the Father?

58बनना नहीं है , बनना ही है . bannā nahī̃ hai , bannā hī hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

59Not that you will become, but that you definitely do have to become.

59बनना ही है अण्डरलाइन . bannā hī hai underline . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] underline . become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] underline .

60Underline: I do have to become that.

60अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 61बच्चे भी बनेंगे  ? bachchē bhī banē̃gē  ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? child too become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

61Achcha, will the children also become that?

62छोटे छोटे बच्चे भी बनेंगे . chhōṭē chhōṭē bachchē bhī banē̃gē . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . small small child too become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

62The little children will also become that.

63अच्छा लगता है बच्चों का ताज . achchhā lagtā hai bachchō̃ kā tāj . achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] . enjoy child of crown .

63The crowns of the children are good.

64 ( सभी बच्चों ने ताज पहना हुआ है ) बहुत अच्छा लगता है . ( sabhī bachchō̃ nē tāj pahanā|pahnā huā hai ) bahut achchhā lagtā hai . ( sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pahnānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . ( all child ∅ crown (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make wear[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) very enjoy .

64(All the children are wearing crowns.) 65They look very good.

65तो इस वर्ष का लक्ष्य भी रखा और साथ में बाप को फॉलो करने का मन्त्र , सफल कर सफलता मूर्त बनना है . tō is varṣh kā lakṣhya bhī rakhā aur sāth mē̃ bāp kō follow karnē kā mantra , saphal kar saphaltā mūrt bannā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] bhī[p.] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saphal[adj.] karnā[root] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then this year of aim too (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) and with in father to follow do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of mantra , successful do[root] success image become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

66So, you kept the aim for this year, and, together with that, the mantra to follow the Father is to use everything in a worthwhile way and to become an embodiment of success.

66इसके लिए ज्यादा मेहनत करने की बापदादा बच्चों को तकलीफ भी नहीं देते हैं , बहुत सहज विधि बताते हैं , सहज विधि क्या है  ? iskē liē jyādā mēhnat karnē kī|key bāpdādā bachchō̃ kō taklīph bhī nahī̃ dētē haĩ , bahut sahaj vidhi batātē haĩ , sahaj vidhi kyā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bahut sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) more effort do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) BapDada child to difficulty too not give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , very easy method tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , easy method what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

67BapDada is not giving you children the difficulty of working hard for this. 68He is showing you a very easy method. 69What is that easy method?

67जो भी संकल्प करो , पहले चेक करो बाप का यह संकल्प रहा  ! jō bhī saṅkalp karō , pahlē check karō bāp kā yah saṅkalp rahā  ! jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root]  ! that too thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (firstly|x) check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father of this thought (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root])  !

70Whatever thought you have, first of all check: Was this the Father's thought?

68बोल बोलते हो चेक करो , बाप समान बनना है ना  ! bōl bōltē hō check karō , bāp samān bannā hai nā  ! bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ! (x|speak[root]) speak[pres.pl.m.2] check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  !

71When you say anything, check it. 72You want to become equal to the Father, do you not?

69तो संकल्प , बोल और कर्म , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क पहले सोचो , चेक करो बाप का यह रहा  ? tō saṅkalp , bōl aur karma , sambandh-sampark pahlē sōchō , check karō bāp kā yah rahā  ? tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root]  ? then thought , (x|speak[root]) and deed , x (firstly|x) think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father of this (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root])  ? 70और ऐसा ही स्वरूप बनो . aur aisā hī svarūp banō . aur aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and such only form become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

73So, first of all think about your thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections: check them to see if they are the same as the Father's and become the embodiment of that.

71ब्रह्मा बाप को फॉलो करो . brahmā bāp kō follow karō . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Brahma father to follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

74Follow Father Brahma!

72फॉलो फादर तो गाया हुआ है ना  ! follow father tō gāyā huā hai nā  ! follow father[x] tō gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā  ! follow the Father then sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅  !

75It is remembered: Follow the Father.

73कई बच्चे बहुत अच्छे अच्छे खेल दिखाते हैं . kaī bachchē bahut achchhē achchhē khēl dikhātē haĩ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some child very achcha achcha (play|play[root]) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

76Some children show very good games.

74पता है कौन से खेल दिखाते हैं  ? patā hai kaun sē khēl dikhātē haĩ  ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? knowledge be[pres.sg.23] who from (play|play[root]) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

77Do you know what games they show?

75फॉलो नहीं करते लेकिन क्या कहते हैं  ? follow nahī̃ kartē lēkin kyā kahtē haĩ  ? follow nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? follow not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

78They don't follow the Father, but what do they say?

76चाहता तो नहीं था , हो गया . chāhtā tō nahī̃ thā , hō gayā . chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then not be[past.m.sg] , be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

79I didn't want it to happen, but it happened.

77पहले सोच के , सिर्फ सोचो नहीं स्वरूप बनो . pahlē sōch kē|K , sirph sōchō nahī̃ svarūp banō . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , sirph[adj.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (firstly|x) think[root] (of|K) , only think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not form become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

80Do not just think about something first, but become the form.

78अगर स्वरूप बन जायेंगे तो यह नहीं कहेंगे सोचा नहीं था लेकिन हो गया . agar svarūp ban jāyēṅgē tō yah nahī̃ kahē̃gē sōchā nahī̃ thā lēkin hō gayā . agar svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] lēkin hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . if form become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then this not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] think[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[past.m.sg] but be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

81If you become the form, you will not then say: I didn't think about it, but it just happened.

79करने वाला , सोचने वाला आप श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें हो , मालिक हो . karnē vālā , sōchnē vālā āp śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ hō , mālik hō . karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , think[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who you elevated soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

82The ones who are doing, the ones who are thinking are you elevated souls, the masters.

80हो गया का अर्थ है कर्मेन्द्रियों के ऊपर कन्ट्रोल नहीं . hō gayā kā arth|earth hai karmēndriyō̃ kē ūpar control nahī̃ . hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] control nahī̃[neg] . be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] physical organ over control not .

83To say, "It happened" means that you don't have control over your physical organs.

81तो इस वर्ष में यही स्लोगन याद रखना बाप समान करना ही है , बनना ही है . tō is varṣh mē̃ yahī slōgan yād rakhnā bāp samān karnā hī hai , bannā hī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] slogan yād rakhnā[x] bāp samān[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this year in this slogan remember equal to the Father do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

84So, this year, remember the slogan: I have to do everything that is the same as the Father, I definitely have to become equal to the Father.

82मुश्किल तो नहीं है ना  ? muśhkil tō nahī̃ hai nā  ? muśhkil[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? difficult then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

85That is not difficult, is it?

83जैसे बाप ने किया वैसे करना है . jaisē bāp nē kiyā vaisē karnā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . like father ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

86All you have to do is what the Father did.

84कापी करना तो सहज है ना , सोचने की जरूरत ही नहीं है . kāpī karnā tō sahaj hai nā , sōchnē kī|key jarūrat hī nahī̃ hai . kāpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . copy do[inf.m.sg.d.] then easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , think[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need only not be[pres.sg.23] .

87It is easy to copy, is it not? 88There is no need to think at all.

85और निश्चित है कि आप सभी को जैसे बाप , ब्रह्मा बाप फरिश्ता बना तो निश्चित है फरिश्ता सो देवता बनना ही है . aur niśhchit hai ki āp sabhī kō jaisē bāp , brahmā bāp phariśhtā banā tō niśhchit hai phariśhtā sō dēvtā bannā hī hai . aur niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] tō niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sō|sōnā[root] dēvtā bannā[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and fixed be[pres.sg.23] that you all to like father , Brahma father angel (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) then fixed be[pres.sg.23] angel (x|sleep[root]) become deity only be[pres.sg.23] . 86तो आपको भी फरिश्ता सो देवता बनना ही है . tō āpkō bhī phariśhtā sō dēvtā bannā hī hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sō|sōnā[root] dēvtā bannā[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then you[.kō] too angel (x|sleep[root]) become deity only be[pres.sg.23] .

89And it is guaranteed for all of you that just as Father Brahma became an angel and so it is guaranteed that he will definitely become a deity from an angel, so, you too will definitely become deities from angels.

87कई बच्चे कहते हैं कि चलते-चलते आपोजीशन बहुत होती है , तो आपोजीशन के कारण पोजीशन से नीचे आ जाते हैं . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ ki chaltē-chaltē opposition bahut hōtī hai , tō opposition kē|K kāraṇ position sē nīchē ā jātē haĩ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] opposition bahut hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , tō opposition kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] position sē[postp.] nīchē ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] opposition very be[pres.sg.f.23] , then opposition (of|K) because position from x .

90Some children say that, while moving along, they face a lot of opposition, and because of the opposition, they come down from their position.

88लेकिन याद करो बाप समान बनना है तो स्थापना के आदि में ब्रह्मा बाप ने कितने आपोजीशन को पोजीशन में परिवर्तन किया  ? lēkin yād karō bāp samān bannā hai tō sthāpanā kē|K ādi mē̃ brahmā bāp nē kitnē opposition kō position mē̃ parivartan kiyā  ? lēkin yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] opposition kō[postp.] position mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? but remember equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then establishment (of|K) etc. in Brahma father ∅ so opposition to position in transformation do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

91However, just remember that you have to become equal to the Father. 92At the beginning of establishment, how much opposition did Father Brahma transform into his position?

89हर बात नई , चैलेन्ज थी . har|her bāt naī , challenge thī . harnā[root]|har|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , challenge hōnā[past.f] . (x[root]|x) matter new , challenge be[past.f] .

93Everything was new, a challenge.

90अभी तो बहुत जमाना बदल गया है लेकिन अकेला ब्रह्मा बाप कितना स्वमान की सीट पर बैठ पोजीशन द्वारा आपोजीशन का सामना किया . abhī tō bahut jamānā badal gayā hai lēkin akēlā brahmā bāp kitnā svamān kī|key seat par baiṭh position dvārā opposition kā sāmnā kiyā . ab[adv.hī] tō bahut jamānā[inf.m.sg.d.] badalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] lēkin akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[adj.]|par[postp.] baiṭhnā[root] position dvārā opposition kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāmnā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . now then very make firm[inf.m.sg.d.] change[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] but alone Brahma father so self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (other|at) sit[root] position through opposition of face[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

94Now, the world has changed so much but how much did Father Brahma sit alone on the seat of self-respect and with his position face all opposition?

91जहाँ पोजीशन है वहाँ आपोजीशन कुछ नहीं कर सकती . jahā̃ position hai vahā̃ opposition kuchh nahī̃ kar saktī . jahā̃ position hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ opposition kuchh nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] . where there position be[pres.sg.23] there opposition anything not do[root] can[pres-part.f.] .

95Where there is position, opposition cannot do anything.

92पहले क्या कहते थे  ? pahlē kyā kahtē thē  ? pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.]  ? (firstly|x) what say[hab-past.pl.m.]  ?

96What did people say before?

93धमाल कर रहे हैं और अभी क्या कहते हैं  ? dhamāl kar rahē haĩ aur abhī kyā kahtē haĩ  ? dhamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and now what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

97That you used to create chaos. 98And what do they say now?

94कमाल कर रहे हैं . kamāl kar rahē haĩ . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

99That you are performing wonders.

95इतना फर्क हो गया . itnā phark hō gayā . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . such difference be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

100There is so much difference.

96कारण क्या  ? kāraṇ kyā  ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā  ? because what  ?

101What is the reason?

97ब्रह्मा बाप ने स्वयं स्वमान की सीट और दृढ़ निश्चय के शस्त्रों द्वारा आपोजीशन को समाप्त किया . brahmā bāp nē svayã svamān kī|key seat aur dr̥iṛh niśhchay kē|K śhastrō̃ dvārā opposition kō samāpt kiyā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] svayã svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat aur dr̥iṛh[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhastra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā opposition kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father ∅ x self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat and determined faith (of|K) weapon through opposition to x .

102Father Brahma himself finished all opposition with his seat of self-respect and the weapons of determined faith.

98तो आप इस वर्ष में क्या करेंगे  ? tō āp is varṣh mē̃ kyā karē̃gē  ? tō āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then you this year in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

103So what will you do this year?

99समान बनना है ना , तो सदा अगर आपोजीशन होती भी है तो स्वमान की सीट पर बैठ जाओ तो आपोजीशन , पोजीशन में बदल जाये . samān bannā hai nā , tō sadā agar opposition hōtī bhī hai tō svamān kī|key seat par baiṭh jāō tō opposition , position mē̃ badal jāyē . samān[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā , tō sadā agar opposition hōnā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[adj.]|par[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] tō opposition , position mē̃[postp.] badalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . equal become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ , then constantly if opposition be[pres-part.f.] too be[pres.sg.23] then self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (other|at) sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] then opposition , position in change[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

104You have to become equal, do you not? 105So, if you have to face constant opposition, then sit on the seat of self-respect and opposition will change into position.

100है हिम्मत  ? hai himmat  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? be[pres.sg.23] courage  ?

106Do you have this courage?

101ब्रह्मा बाप समान बनना ही है , उसमें तो हाथ उठाया , लेकिन इतनी हिम्मत है  ? brahmā bāp samān bannā hī hai , usmē̃ tō hāth uṭhāyā , lēkin itnī himmat hai  ? brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? Brahma equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] then raise your hands , but such courage be[pres.sg.23]  ?

107You raised your hand for definitely becoming equal to Father Brahma, but do you have that much courage?

102पहले स्व के परिवर्तन का , फिर है अनेक सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क वाली आत्मायें और फिर विश्व की आत्मायें . pahlē sva kē|K parivartan kā , phir hai anēk sambandh-sampark vālī ātmāyē̃ aur phir viśhva kī|key ātmāyē̃ . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sva kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] anēk[adj.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . (firstly|x) x (of|K) transformation of , (then|turn[root]) be[pres.sg.23] many x those who soul and (then|turn[root]) world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) soul .

108First there is self-transformation, then there are the many souls who come into relationship and connection, and then there are souls of the world.

103इन सबको अपने मन्सा शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना द्वारा , दृढ़ संकल्प द्वारा परिवर्तन करना . in sabkō apnē mansā śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā dvārā , dr̥iṛh saṅkalp dvārā parivartan karnā . in|yah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] dvārā , dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (in|this) everything one’s own through the mind pure feeling , good wishes through , determined thought through transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

109You have to transform all of them with the good wishes and pure feelings in your mind and with your determined thoughts.

104तो इस वर्ष में बापदादा विशेष एक शक्ति का वरदान भी दे रहे हैं . tō is varṣh mē̃ bāpdādā viśhēṣh ēk śhakti kā vardān bhī dē rahē haĩ . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then this year in BapDada special one Shakti of blessing too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

110So, this year, BapDada is giving the blessing of one particular power.

105मेरा बाबा दिल से कहेंगे तो शक्ति हाजिर , ऐसे ही मेरा बाबा नहीं , दिल से कहा , अधिकार रखा , मेरा बाबा और शक्ति आपके आगे हाजिर हो जायेगी . mērā bābā dil sē kahē̃gē tō śhakti hājir , aisē hī mērā bābā nahī̃ , dil sē kahā , adhikār rakhā , mērā bābā aur śhakti āpkē āgē hājir hō jāyēgī . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hāzir[adj.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā nahī̃[neg] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , adhikār[x] rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē hāzir[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . I[.kā] Baba heart from say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then Shakti present , such only I[.kā] Baba not , heart from say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , right (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , I[.kā] Baba and Shakti you[.kē] previously present be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

111When you say "My Baba" from your heart, then one power will become present. 112You mustn't say "My Baba" just like that, but if you say it from your heart and if you have a right that it is "My Baba" then the power will become present in front of you.

106वह कौन सी शक्ति  ? vah kaun see|sī|C śhakti  ? vah[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]  ? that who (see|x) Shakti  ?

113What power is that?

107परिवर्तन की शक्ति . parivartan kī|key śhakti . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti .

114The power of transformation.

108परिवर्तन की शक्ति में विशेष निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में चेंज करो . parivartan kī|key śhakti mē̃ viśhēṣh negative kō positive mē̃ change karō . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti in special negative to positive in change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

115With the power of transformation, especially change the negative into positive.

109निगेटिव संकल्प , निगेटिव चलन को देखते हुए पॉजिटिव में चेंज करो . negative saṅkalp , negative chalan kō dēkhtē huē positive mē̃ change karō . negative saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , negative chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] positive mē̃[postp.] change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . negative thought , negative behaviour to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] positive in change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

116While seeing negative thoughts and negative behaviour, change them into positive.

110पॉजिटिव देखना , बोलना , करना , सिर्फ शुभ भावना और शुभ कामना द्वारा सहज हो जायेगा क्योंकि यह आपोजीशन आयेगी , लेकिन आपके परिवर्तन की शक्ति आपको सहज सफलता दिलायेगी . positive dēkhnā , bōlnā , karnā , sirph śhubh bhāvnā aur śhubh kāmnā dvārā sahaj hō jāyēgā kyōṅki yah opposition āyēgī , lēkin āpkē parivartan kī|key śhakti āpkō sahaj saphaltā dilāyēgī . positive dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sirph[adj.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] aur śhubh kāmnā[x] dvārā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] opposition ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sahaj[adj.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[fut.f.sg.23] . positive see[inf.m.sg.d.] , speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] , only pure feeling and good wishes through easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] because this opposition come[fut.f.sg.23] , but you[.kē] transformation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti you[.kō] easy success x[fut.f.sg.23] .

117Just see, speak and do everything positive. 118Simply with your good wishes and pure feelings, it will become easy because this opposition will come, but your power of transformation will easily bring you success.

111तो समझा इस वर्ष का विशेष वरदान परिवर्तन शक्ति को दृढ़ संकल्प से कार्य में लगाना . tō samjhā is varṣh kā viśhēṣh vardān parivartan śhakti kō dr̥iṛh saṅkalp sē kārya mē̃ lagānā . tō samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan śhakti[x] kō[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) this year of special blessing x to determined thought from task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

119So, did you understand the special blessing for this year? 120Use the power of transformation with determined thoughts.

112कर सकते हो ना परिवर्तन  ? kar saktē hō nā parivartan  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ? do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ transformation  ?

121You can bring about transformation, can you not?

113चैलेन्ज है आपकी , याद है ना  ! challenge hai āpkī , yād hai nā  ! challenge hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kī] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! challenge be[pres.sg.23] you[.kī] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

122This is your challenge. 123You do remember it, do you not?

114विश्व परिवर्तक हो ना  ! viśhva parivartak hō nā  ! viśhva parivartak[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! world transformer (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

124You are world transformers, are you not?

115जब टाइटिल ही विश्व परिवर्तक का है तो क्या स्व को परिवर्तन करना मुश्किल है क्या  ! jab title hī viśhva parivartak kā hai tō kyā sva kō parivartan karnā muśhkil hai kyā  ! jab title hī[p.] viśhva parivartak[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kyā sva kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ! when title only world transformer of be[pres.sg.23] then what x to transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[pres.sg.23] what  !

125Since your title is a world transformer, then, is it difficult to transform yourself?

116दिल में कोई भी मुश्किल बात आये , वैसे मुश्किल बात नहीं होती लेकिन आप बना देते हो . dil mē̃ kōī bhī muśhkil bāt āyē , vaisē muśhkil bāt nahī̃ hōtī lēkin āp banā dētē hō . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] muśhkil[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] muśhkil[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . heart in anyone difficult matter (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , x difficult matter not be[pres-part.f.] but you create[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . 117मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान उसके आगे मुश्किल क्या है  ? master sarvśhaktivān uskē āgē muśhkil kyā hai  ? master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] āgē muśhkil[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? master Almighty Authority of that[.kē] previously difficult what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

126When anything difficult arises in your heart - in fact, nothing is difficult but you make it difficult; what can be difficult in front of a master almighty authority?

118लेकिन आप एक गलती करते हो और मुश्किल बना देते हो . lēkin āp ēk galtī|galatī kartē hō aur muśhkil banā dētē hō . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur muśhkil[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . but you one (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) do[pres.pl.m.2] and difficult create[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .

127However, you make one mistake and make it difficult.

119जैसे देखो अचानक यहाँ अंधकार हो जाता है तो अगर कोई गलती से अंधकार को भगाने लगे तो अंधकार भागेगा  ? jaisē dēkhō achānak yahā̃ andhkār hō jātā hai tō agar kōī galtī|galatī sē andhkār kō bhagānē lagē tō andhkār bhāgēgā  ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achānak yahā̃ andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō agar kōī[pn.;d.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhagānā[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] tō andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] suddenly here darkness be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then if some (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) from darkness to chase away[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] then darkness run[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

128For instance, if it suddenly becomes dark here, and then, by mistake, someone tries to chase away the darkness, will the darkness go away?

120सही विधि है आप रोशनी का स्विच ऑन करो तो अंधकार सेकण्ड में भाग जायेगा . sahī vidhi hai āp rōśhnī kā switch on karō tō andhkār second mē̃ bhāg jāyēgā . sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] switch on[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] second mē̃[postp.] bhāgnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . x method be[pres.sg.23] you light of switch on[x] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then darkness second in run[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

129The correct method is for you to switch the light on and the darkness will go away in a second.

121तो आप भी यह गलती करते हो जो बात हो गई ना , उसके क्यूं , क्या , कब कैसे … इस क्यू क्यूं में चले जाते हो . tō āp bhī yah galtī|galatī kartē hō jō bāt hō gaī nā , uskē kyū̃ , kyā , kab kaisē … is queue kyū̃ mē̃ chalē jātē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] jō[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā , uskā[pn.sg.kē] kyō̃ , kyā , kab kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] … yah[pn.sg.o.] queue kyō̃ mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] . then you too this (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) do[pres.pl.m.2] that matter be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ , of that[.kē] why , what , when how … this queue why in (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) .

130So, you also make the mistake that when something has happened, you go into the queue of questions such as, "Why?", "What?", "When?", "How?" etc.

122छोटी सी बात बड़ी कर देते हो और बड़ी बात तो मुश्किल होती है . chhōṭī see|sī|C bāt baṛī kar dētē hō aur baṛī bāt tō muśhkil hōtī hai . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] tō muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . small (see|x) matter very do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] and very matter then difficult be[pres.sg.f.23] .

131You make a small thing big and something big is difficult.

123छोटी बात कर लो तो सहज हो जाये . chhōṭī bāt kar lō tō sahaj hō jāyē . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . small matter do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] then easy be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

132If you make it into a small thing, it will become easy.

124बाप ने कोई भी शक्ति को कार्य में लगाने की विधि बहुत सहज बताई है - अपने मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हूँ , इस स्मृति की सीट पर बैठ जाओ , अगर इस सीट पर बैठेंगे तो अपसेट नहीं होंगे . bāp nē kōī bhī śhakti kō kārya mē̃ lagānē kī|key vidhi bahut sahaj batāī hai - apnē master sarvśhaktivān hū̃ , is smr̥iti kī|key seat par baiṭh jāō , agar is seat par baiṭhē̃gē tō upset nahī̃ hōṅgē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kōī bhī[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] batānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] - apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.o.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[adj.]|par[postp.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , agar yah[pn.sg.o.] seat par[adj.]|par[postp.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō upset nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . father ∅ anyone Shakti to task in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method very easy tell[pres-perf.sg.f.23] - one’s own master Almighty Authority be[pres.sg.1] , this awareness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (other|at) sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , if this seat (other|at) sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then upset not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

133The Father has shown you an easy method to use any particular power. 134Sit on the seat of the awareness of being a master almighty authority. 135If you sit on this seat, you won't become upset.

125बिना सीट के अपसेट होते हैं , सीट है तो अपसेट नहीं होंगे . binā seat kē|K upset hōtē haĩ , seat hai tō upset nahī̃ hōṅgē . binā seat kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K upset hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , seat hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō upset nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . without seat (of|K) upset be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , seat be[pres.sg.23] then upset not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

136Without a seat you become upset, but if you have your seat you won't become upset.

12663 जन्म के संस्कार इमर्ज हो जाते हैं . 63 janm kē|K saṅskār emerge hō jātē haĩ . 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] emerge hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 63 (life|be born[root]) (of|K) sanskar emerge be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

137Your sanskars of 63 births will emerge.

12763 जन्म क्या रहा  ? 63 janm kyā rahā  ? 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kyā rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root]  ? 63 (life|be born[root]) what (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root])  ?

138What were your sanskars for 63 births?

128अभी अभी सेट , अभी अभी अपसेट . abhī abhī set , abhī abhī upset . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] set , ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] upset . now now set , now now upset .

139One minute you would be set and the next minute you would become upset.

129तो सदा स्वमान की सीट पर सेट रहो . tō sadā svamān kī|key seat par set rahō . tō sadā svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[adj.]|par[postp.] set rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then constantly self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (other|at) set remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

140So, always remain set on the seat of your self-respect.

130और इस वर्ष में क्या करेंगे  ? aur is varṣh mē̃ kyā karē̃gē  ? aur yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? and this year in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

141And what will you do this year?

131नये वर्ष में गिफ्ट तो सबको देंगे ना . nayē varṣh mē̃ gift tō sabkō dēgē nā . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gift tō sabkō dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . new year in gift then everything give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

142You will give everyone a gift in the New Year, will you not?

132तो कौन सी गिफ्ट देंगे  ? tō kaun see|sī|C gift dēgē  ? tō kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C gift dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then who (see|x) gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

143So, what gift will you give them?

133बधाई भी देंगे और साथ में गिफ्ट क्या देंगे  ? badhāī bhī dēgē aur sāth mē̃ gift kyā dēgē  ? badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gift kyā dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? greetings too give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and with in gift what give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

144You will give greetings and what gift will you give with that?

134गिफ्ट तो आपके पास बहुत है . gift tō āpkē pass|pās bahut hai . gift tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pass|pās bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . gift then you[.kē] (pass|x) very be[pres.sg.23] .

145You have many gifts.

135जितना देने चाहो उतना दे सकते हो . jitnā dēnē chāhō utnā dē saktē hō . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . the more give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

146You can give as many as you want.

136स्थूल गिफ्ट तो अल्पकाल के लिए चलेगी लेकिन आप अविनाशी बाप समान बनने वाले अविनाशी गिफ्ट दो . sthūl gift tō alpkāl kē liē chalēgī lēkin āp avināśhī bāp samān bannē vālē avināśhī gift dō . sthūl[adj.] gift tō alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] avināśhī[adj.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] avināśhī[adj.] gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . physical gift then temporary period for continue[fut.f.sg.23] but you imperishable equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who imperishable gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

147The physical gifts will only last for a temporary period, but you who are becoming equal to the eternal Father should give an imperishable gift.

137मन्सा द्वारा शक्तियों की गिफ्ट दो , वाचा द्वारा ज्ञान की गिफ्ट दो और कर्मणा द्वारा गुणों की गिफ्ट दो . mansā dvārā śhaktiyō̃ kī|key gift dō , vāchā dvārā gyān kī|key gift dō aur karmaṇā dvārā guṇō̃ kī|key gift dō . mansā dvārā śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vāchā dvārā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur karmaṇā dvārā guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . through the mind through Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , x through knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and x through virtue (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

148Through your mind give the gift of powers, through your words give the gift of knowledge and through your actions give the gift of virtues.

138है ना सबके पास  ? hai nā sabkē pass|pās  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pass|pās  ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ everyone's (pass|x)  ?

149All of you have these, do you not?

139है तो कांध हिलाओ . hai tō kāndh hilāō . hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[pres.sg.23] then shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

150If you do, nod!

140खज़ाने बहुत हैं ना , कम तो नहीं हैं ना . khazānē bahut haĩ nā , cum|kam tō nahī̃ haĩ nā . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , cum|kam[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . treasure very be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , (x|less) then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

151You have many treasures, do you not? 152They are not any less, are they?

141कोई से भी कार्य में आओ , कार्य में तो आना पड़ेगा ना . kōī sē bhī kārya mē̃ āō , kārya mē̃ tō ānā paṛēgā nā . kōī[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] nā . some from too task in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , task in then come[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ∅ . 142उसको खूब इस वर्ष में सौगातें दो . uskō khūb is varṣh mē̃ saugātē̃ dō . vah[pn.sg.kō] khūb[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saugāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] a lot this year in gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

153Whenever you interact with anyone, and you will have to interact, then, this year, give them lots of gifts.

143लेकिन अविनाशी सौगात . lēkin avināśhī saugāt . lēkin avināśhī[adj.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] . but imperishable gift .

154However, give them imperishable gifts.

144सुनाया ना कोई को भी खाली जाने नहीं दो , चाहे मन्सा की सौगात दो , चाहे वाणी की , चाहे कर्म की . sunāyā nā kōī kō bhī khālī jānē nahī̃ dō , chāhē mansā kī|key saugāt dō , chāhē vāṇī kī|key , chāhē karma kī|key . sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khālī[adj.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ some to too empty (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) not (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) through the mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) words (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) deed (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

155You were told that you mustn't let anyone go away empty-handed, whether you give them the gifts of your mind, of words or of actions.

145इसके लिए आपको सदा एक अटेन्शन रखना पड़ेगा , हर समय मन्सा में शक्तियों का स्टाक इमर्ज रखना पड़ेगा , कितनी शक्तियां हैं  ? iskē liē āpkō sadā ēk attention rakhnā paṛēgā , har|her samay mansā mē̃ śhaktiyō̃ kā stock emerge rakhnā paṛēgā , kitnī śhaktiyā̃ haĩ  ? yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē āp[pn.pl.kō] sadā ēk[adj.] attention rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mansā mē̃[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stock emerge rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) you[.kō] constantly one attention keep[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , (x[root]|x) time through the mind in Shakti of stock emerge keep[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , so Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

156For this, you will always have to pay attention to one thing. 157At every moment, you will have to keep a stock of powers in an emerged form. 158How many powers do you have?

146लिस्ट तो है ना  ! list tō hai nā  ! list tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! list then be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

159You have a list, do you not?

147वाचा के कारण सदा मन में मनन शक्ति , ज्ञान को मनन करने की शक्ति , स्मृति में रखनी पड़ेगी . vāchā kē|K kāraṇ sadā man mē̃ manan śhakti , gyān kō manan karnē kī|key śhakti , smr̥iti mē̃ rakhnī paṛēgī . vāchā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . x (of|K) because constantly mind in churning Shakti , knowledge to churning do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti , awareness in keep[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .

160Because of having to speak, you always have churning power in your mind. 161You will have to keep the power to churn knowledge in your awareness.

148चलन में , चेहरे में , कर्म में , गुणों का स्वरूप बनना पड़ेगा . chalan mē̃ , chēhrē mē̃ , karma mē̃ , guṇō̃ kā svarūp bannā paṛēgā . chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . behaviour in , face in , deed in , virtue of form become[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

162In your behaviour, through your face and in your actions, you will have to become an embodiment of virtues.

149सदा अपने को गुणमूर्त , ज्ञान मूर्त , शक्ति स्वरूप इमर्ज रखना पड़ेगा . sadā apnē kō guṇmūrt , gyān mūrt , śhakti svarūp emerge rakhnā paṛēgā . sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] guṇmūrt[n.f.;sg.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] emerge rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . constantly one’s own to image of virtues , knowledge image , Shakti form emerge keep[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

163You will always have to keep yourself as an embodiment of virtues, an embodiment of knowledge and an embodiment of powers in an emerged form.

150ऐसे नहीं शक्तियां तो हैं ही , ज्ञान तो है ही … लेकिन स्वरूप बनना पड़ेगा . aisē nahī̃ śhaktiyā̃ tō haĩ hī , gyān tō hai hī … lēkin svarūp bannā paṛēgā . aisē nahī̃[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] … lēkin svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . it isn't that Shakti then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only , knowledge then be[pres.sg.23] only … but form become[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

164Do not think that you have the powers anyway, that you have knowledge anyway, but you will have to become the embodiment.

151हर एक को ईश्वरीय परिवार की दृष्टि वृत्ति से देखना पड़ेगा . har ēk kō īśhvarīy parivār kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi vr̥itti sē dēkhnā paṛēgā . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] īśhvarīy parivār[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . each one to Godly family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti attitude from see[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

165You will have to look at everyone with the vision and attitude of them being part of Godly family.

152इस वर्ष जब समान बनना ही है , उसमें हाथ उठा लिया है , बापदादा के वतन में सबका हाथ दिखाई दे देगा . is varṣh jab samān bannā hī hai , usmē̃ hāth uṭhā liyā hai , bāpdādā kē|K vatan mē̃ sabkā hāth dikhāī dē dēgā . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] . this year when equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] raise your hands , BapDada (of|K) world in everyone's hand be visible .

166Since you have to become equal this year and you have raised your hands for that, everyone's hand will be visible in BapDada's subtle region.

153वहाँ यह छोटी टी . वी . नहीं है , बहुत बड़ी है . vahā̃ yah chhōṭī T . we|V . nahī̃ hai , bahut baṛī hai . vahā̃ yah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] T . we|V . nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . there this small x . (x) . not be[pres.sg.23] , very very be[pres.sg.23] .

167It isn't this small TV there; it is a very big one there.

154एक सेकण्ड में सर्व सेन्टर्स की रिजल्ट को देख सकते हैं . ēk second mē̃ sarv centres kī|key result kō dēkh saktē haĩ . ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] centre karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . one second in all centre (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

168Baba can see the results of all the centres in one second.

155तो बापदादा आपका जो उमंग है , बाप समान बनना ही है , इसके लिए खुश है . tō bāpdādā āpkā jō umaṅg hai , bāp samān bannā hī hai , iskē liē khuśh hai . tō bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kā] jō[pn.;d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada you[.kā] that zeal be[pres.sg.23] , equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) happy be[pres.sg.23] .

169BapDada is pleased to see your enthusiasm of definitely having to become equal to the Father.

156खुशनसीब हो , खुश चेहरे वाले हो , कभी रोब का चेहरा नहीं बनाना . khuśhnasīb hō , khuśh chēhrē vālē hō , kabhī rōb kā chēhrā nahī̃ banānā . khuśhnasīb[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , khuśh[adj.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . having the fortune of happiness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , happy face those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , ever bossiness of face not create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

170You have the fortune of happiness. 171You have a happy face, so never let your face become bossy.

157सदा खुश , कोई भी आपको चाहे जितना भी काम में बिजी हो , गलती को ठीक कर रहे हो , समझा रहे हो लेकिन रोब का चेहरा , बोल नहीं हो . sadā khuśh , kōī bhī āpkō chāhē jitnā bhī kām mē̃ busy hō , galtī|galatī kō ṭhīk kar rahē hō , samjhā rahē hō lēkin rōb kā chēhrā , bōl nahī̃ hō . sadā khuśh[adj.] , kōī bhī[x] āp[pn.pl.kō] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] busy hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , samjhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] lēkin rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . constantly happy , anyone you[.kō] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) the more too (lust|task) in busy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) to OK do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , explain[pres.pl.m.prog.2] but bossiness of face , (x|speak[root]) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

172Always happy. 173No matter how busy you may be doing something, even if you are rectifying a mistake, or if you are explaining to someone, your face and your words should not be bossy.

158इस वर्ष में यह परिवर्तन करके दिखाओ . is varṣh mē̃ yah parivartan karkē dikhāō . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this year in this transformation do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

174This year, demonstrate this by bringing about this transformation.

159प्राइज़ देंगे . prize dēgē . prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 160सारे वर्ष में जो सदा मुस्कराता रहेगा , कोई भी बात आये , कई भाई बहिनें कहते हैं , रूहरिहान तो करते हैं ना सभी , तो कहते हैं अगर रोब से नहीं कहेंगे ना तो समझेगा नहीं . sārē varṣh mē̃ jō sadā muskarātā rahēgā , kōī bhī bāt āyē , kaī bhāī bahinē̃ kahtē haĩ , rūhrihān tō kartē haĩ nā sabhī , tō kahtē haĩ agar rōb sē nahī̃ kahē̃gē nā tō samajhēgā nahī̃ . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sadā muskarānā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , kaī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , rūhrihān[x] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā sab[adv.hī] , tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] agar rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō samajhnā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . the whole year in that constantly smile[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , anyone matter (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , some (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , spiritual conversation then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ all , then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] if bossiness from not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then understand[fut.m.sg.23] not . 161बदलेगा ही नहीं . badalēgā hī nahī̃ . badalnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . change[fut.m.sg.23] only not .

175A prize will be given to those who are always smiling throughout the whole year no matter what situations come. 176Some brothers and sisters say - all of you have heart-to-heart conversations - that if you don't explain with bossiness, they won't understand or they won't change.

162पहले ही आपने भावना रख दी कि यह बदलेगा ही नहीं तो उसको आपका वायबे्रशन पहले ही पहुंच गया . pahlē hī āpnē bhāvnā rakh dī ki yah badalēgā hī nahī̃ tō uskō āpkā vibration pahlē hī pahuñch gayā . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.nē] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] badalnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃ tō[x] vah[pn.sg.kō] āp[pn.pl.kā] vibration pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (firstly|x) only you[.nē] feeling keep[past-part.f..root+dēnā] that this change[fut.m.sg.23] only otherwise that[.kō] you[.kā] vibrations (firstly|x) only reach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

177You have already kept the feeling that the other person is not going to change, so that person has already received your vibrations.

163इसलिए इस वर्ष में क्रोध या बाल-बच्चा इसको विदाई देनी है . isliē is varṣh mē̃ krōdh yā bāl-bachchā iskō vidāī dēnī hai . isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā bāl-bachchē[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kō] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore this year in anger or children this[.kō] farewell give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

178Therefore, this year, bid farewell to anger and its progeny.

164हो सकता है  ? hō saktā hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

179Is this possible?

165रोब भी नहीं . rōb bhī nahī̃ . rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . bossiness too not .

180Not even to have bossiness.

166बाप पूछता है जो भी समय प्रति समय क्रोध करते हैं , काम बनाने के लिए , सुधारने के लिए , लेकिन वह सुधरता है  ? bāp pūchhtā hai jō bhī samay prati samay krōdh kartē haĩ , kām banānē kē liē , sudhārnē kē liē , lēkin vah sudhartā hai  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] , sudhārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] , lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] sudharnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? father ask[pres.sg.m.23] that too time for time anger do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (lust|task) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for , reform[inf.m.pl.,o.] for , but that be reformed[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

181The Father is asking those who become angry from time to time in order for something to be done or in order to rectify something, but does the other person reform through that?

167क्रोध करने से कोई सुधरा है  ? krōdh karnē sē kōī sudharā hai  ? krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] sudharnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? anger do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from some be reformed[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

182Has anyone reformed by you getting angry with them?

168वह लिस्ट बताओ . vah list batāō . vah[pn.sg.d.] list batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that list tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

183Show Baba that list!

169और ही चिढ़ जाता है , सुधरता नहीं है . aur hī chiṛh jātā hai , sudhartā nahī̃ hai . aur hī[p.] chiṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , sudharnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and only become irritated[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , be reformed[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .

184In fact, they become even more irritated; they don't reform themselves.

170आपोजीशन करता है मन में . opposition kartā hai man mē̃ . opposition karnā[pres.sg.m.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . opposition do[pres.sg.m.23] mind in .

185They create opposition in their mind.

171अगर बड़ा है तो मन में आपोजीशन करता है , बोल तो सकता नहीं और छोटा है तो रोने लग जाता है . agar baṛā hai tō man mē̃ opposition kartā hai , bōl tō saktā nahī̃ aur chhōṭā hai tō rōnē lag jātā hai . agar baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] opposition karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] tō saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] aur chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō rōnā[root.inf+lagnā] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . if very be[pres.sg.23] then mind in opposition do[pres.sg.m.23] , (x|speak[root]) then can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not and small be[pres.sg.23] then cry[root.inf+lagnā] go[pres.sg.m.23] .

186If they are older, they create opposition in their mind because they can't say anything and if they are young, they begin to cry.

172तो इस वर्ष क्या-क्या करना है , वह सारा सुना रहे हैं . tō is varṣh kyā-kyā karnā hai , vah sārā sunā rahē haĩ . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then this year what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that the whole speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

187So, Baba is telling you all the things that you have to do this year.

173पसन्द है  ? pasand hai  ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

188Do you like it?

174करना है  ? karnā hai  ? karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

189Are you going to do it?

175अभी हाथ उठाओ . abhī hāth uṭhāō . ab[adv.hī] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now raise your hands .

190You may now raise your hands!

176करना है  ? karnā hai  ? karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

191Are you going to do it?

177यह टी . वी . वाले यह फोटो निकालो . yah T . we|V . vālē yah phōṭō nikālō . yah[pn.sg.d.] T . we|V . vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this x . (x) . those who this photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

192Those with the TV camera, take their photograph!

178हाथ उठाओ , थोड़ा खड़ा रखो . hāth uṭhāō , thōṛā khaṛā rakhō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands , short standing keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

193Raise your hands! 194Keep them high!

179टी . वी . वाले निकाल रहे हैं . T . we|V . vālē nikāl rahē haĩ . T . we|V . vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x . (x) . those who x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

195The cameramen are taking a picture.

180बापदादा हर एक से जो भी बातें सुनाई हैं , इस वर्ष करनी है , हर मास की लास्ट तारीख , हर एक अपना पोतामेल , जो वरदान मिलता है छोटा सा , इसमें ओ . के . लिखो . bāpdādā har ēk sē jō bhī bātē̃ sunāī haĩ , is varṣh karnī hai , har|her mās kī|key last tārīkh , har ēk apnā pōtāmēl , jō vardān miltā hai chhōṭā sā , ismē̃ ō . kē|K . likhō . bāpdādā har ēk[x] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key last tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] , har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.;d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada each one from that too matter speak[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , this year do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , (x[root]|x) (month|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) last x , each one (one’s own|adopt[root]) account(s) , that blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] small x , this[.mē̃] x . (of|K) . write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

196BapDada's desire is that everything Baba has told you to do this year, on the last day of every month, each one of you should write your chart on a small blessing-card sized paper and simply write "OK".

181अगर जो भी बातें सुनाई , इन सभी बातों में दो बातें हुई , दो बातें नहीं हुई , अगर नहीं हुई तो ओ . के . के बीच में लाइन लगाना . agar jō bhī bātē̃ sunāī , in sabhī bātō̃ mē̃ dō bātē̃ huī , dō bātē̃ nahī̃ huī , agar nahī̃ huī tō ō . kē|K . kē|K bīch mē̃ line lagānā . agar jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[past-part.f.] , in|yah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[past-part.f.] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] , agar nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] line lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . if that too matter speak[past-part.f.] , (in|this) all matter in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter be[past-part.f.] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter not be[past-part.f.] , if not be[past-part.f.] then x . (of|K) . (of|K) centre in line attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

197In all the things that Baba told you about, if you were able to do a couple of things and not able to do a couple of things, if you weren't able to do something, then just put a line through "OK".

182बस इतना रिजल्ट लिखना , बड़ा कागज नहीं लिखना . bas itnā result likhnā , baṛā kāgaj nahī̃ likhnā . bas|basnā[root] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (simply|x[root]) such result write[inf.m.sg.d.] , very paper not write[inf.m.sg.d.] .

198Simply write this much as your result. 199Do not write a long letter.

183अगर बड़ा कागज लिखेंगे तो पढ़ने वाले का आधा टाइम तो इसमें जायेगा . agar baṛā kāgaj likhē̃gē tō paṛhnē vālē kā ādhā time tō ismē̃ jāyēgā . agar baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time tō yah[pn.sg.mē̃] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . if very paper write[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then study[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who of half time then this[.mē̃] go[fut.m.sg.23] .

200If you write a long letter, those who have to read it will take a long time.

184इसलिए ओ . के . लिखना छोटी सी चिटकी होगी ना तो सहज पढ़ सकेंगे . isliē ō . kē|K . likhnā chhōṭī see|sī|C chiṭkī hōgī nā tō sahaj paṛh sakē̃gē . isliē O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā tō sahaj[adj.] paṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . therefore x . (of|K) . write[inf.m.sg.d.] small (see|x) little note be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ then easy study[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

201Therefore, if you simply write "OK" on a small piece of paper it will be easy to read.

185तो ओ . के लिखना और लाइन लगाना , सहज है ना  ! tō ō . kē|K likhnā aur line lagānā , sahaj hai nā  ! tō O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur line lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! then x . (of|K) write[inf.m.sg.d.] and line attach[inf.m.sg.d.] , easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

202Simply write "OK" or put a line through it; it is easy, is it not?

186विशेष यह क्रोध का भूत जो है वह इस वर्ष भगाना है . viśhēṣh yah krōdh kā bhūt jō hai vah is varṣh bhagānā hai . viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] krōdh kā bhūt[x] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhagānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . special this x that be[pres.sg.23] that this year chase away[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

203This year you especially have to chase away the evil spirit of anger.

187रोब भी नहीं , कई आंखों से भी क्रोध करते हैं , देखा है  ? rōb bhī nahī̃ , kaī āṅkhō̃ sē bhī krōdh kartē haĩ , dēkhā hai  ? rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , kaī āṅkh[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? bossiness too not , some eye from too anger do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

204Do not have any bossiness either. 205Some become angry with their eyes. 206Have you seen this?

188चेहरे से भी क्रोध करते हैं . chēhrē sē bhī krōdh kartē haĩ . chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . face from too anger do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

207They even get angry with their face.

189तो क्या करेंगे  ? tō kyā karē̃gē  ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

208So, what will you do?

190कुछ तो तलाक देंगे ना . kuchh tō talāk dēgē nā . kuchh tō talāk[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . anything then divorce give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

209You have to renounce something, do you not?

191देंगे  ? dēgē  ? dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

210Will you renounce this?

192मधुबन वाले देंगे  ? madhuban vālē dēgē  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Madhuban those who give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

211Will those from Madhuban renounce this?

193मधुबन वाले हाथ उठाओ . madhuban vālē hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban those who raise your hands .

212Those from Madhuban, raise your hands.

194अच्छा इतने बैठे हैं . achchhā itnē baiṭhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha such sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

213There are so many of you.

195अच्छा यहाँ बैठे हैं . achchhā yahā̃ baiṭhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahā̃ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha here sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

214Some of you are sitting here too.

196तो पहले मधुबन वालों को बापदादा कहते हैं इसमें पहले मैं , पहले मधुबन से विदाई देंगे और मधुबन का प्रभाव सेन्टर पर भी आटोमेटिकली जायेगा . tō pahlē madhuban vālō̃ kō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ismē̃ pahlē maĩ , pahlē madhuban sē vidāī dēgē aur madhuban kā prabhāv centre par bhī automatically jāyēgā . tō pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] , pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] centre par[adj.]|par[postp.] bhī[p.] automatically jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then (firstly|x) Madhuban those who to BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this[.mē̃] (firstly|x) I , (firstly|x) Madhuban from farewell give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and Madhuban of x centre (other|at) too x go[fut.m.sg.23] .

215So, BapDada is first of all telling those from Madhuban: you have to be first in this. 216Those from Madhuban have to bid farewell to it first. 217That impact from Madhuban will automatically fall on other centres too.

197मधुबन बीज है , तना है . madhuban bīj hai , tanā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban seed be[pres.sg.23] , trunk be[pres.sg.23] . 198लेकिन आप सबकी परमानेंट एडे्रस कौन सी है  ? lēkin āp sabkī permanent address kaun see|sī|C hai  ? lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] permanent address[x] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? but you everyone's permanent address who (see|x) be[pres.sg.23]  ?

218Madhuban is the seed; it is the trunk, but what is the permanent address of all of you?

199मधुबन है ना . madhuban hai nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

219It is Madhuban, is it not?

200तो आप समझ रहे हो सिर्फ मधुबन निवासी करेंगे . tō āp samajh rahē hō sirph madhuban nivāsī karē̃gē . tō āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] sirph[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then you understand[pres.pl.m.prog.2] only Madhuban resident do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

220So, you may be thinking that only the Madhuban residents have to do this.

201आप सभी मधुबन निवासी हो . āp sabhī madhuban nivāsī hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you all Madhuban resident (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

221All of you are Madhuban residents, are you not?

202क्योंकि परमानेंट एड्रेस आपकी मधुबन है , यह तो सेवा के लिए भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान पर गये हैं . kyōṅki permanent address āpkī madhuban hai , yah tō sēvā kē liē bhinn-bhinn sthān par gayē haĩ . kyōṅki permanent address[x] āp[pn.pl.kī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . because permanent address you[.kī] Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] , this then service for different place (other|at) go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

222Because your permanent address is Madhuban; it is for service that you have gone to different places.

203फारेन में जाने वाले अपने जन्म के गांव को भूलते हैं  ? foreign mē̃ jānē vālē apnē janm kē|K gānv kō bhūltē haĩ  ? foreign mē̃[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhūlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? abroad in (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) those who one’s own (life|be born[root]) (of|K) village to forget[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

223Do those who have gone abroad forget the villages and towns where they took birth?

204बापदादा ने देखा है फारेन से जो जिन्हों के इन्डिया में गांव हैं , स्थान हैं , उन्होंने फारेन में रहते भी अपने जन्म भूमि , चाहे गांव है , चाहे शहर है लेकिन सेन्टर स्थापन किया है , बापदादा उन बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत पुण्य आत्मा का टाइटिल देते हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai foreign sē jō jinhō̃ kē|K India mē̃ gānv haĩ , sthān haĩ , unhōnnē foreign mē̃ rahtē bhī apnē janm bhūmi , chāhē gānv hai , chāhē śhahar hai lēkin centre sthāpan kiyā hai , bāpdādā un bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut puṇya ātmā kā title dētē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] foreign sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K India mē̃[postp.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.nē] foreign mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin centre sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] abroad from that that (of|K) India in village be[pres.pl.12hon3] , place be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.nē] abroad in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too one’s own (life|be born[root]) x , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) village be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) city be[pres.sg.23] but centre establishment do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada that child to very charity soul of title give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

224BapDada has seen that those who are living abroad but who took birth in the villages, towns or cities of India, have established a centre there. 225BapDada gives those children the title of: Very charitable souls.

205कमाल की है और फिर पूछते भी रहते हैं कोई तकलीफ तो नहीं , ठीक है . kamāl kī hai aur phir pūchhtē bhī rahtē haĩ kōī taklīph tō nahī̃ , ṭhīk hai . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] pūchhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and (then|turn[root]) ask[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] some difficulty then not , OK be[pres.sg.23] .

226You have performed wonders. 227And then they even ask those people whether they have any difficulties or if everything is fine.

206यह है पुण्य आत्मा का कर्तव्य . yah hai puṇya ātmā kā kartavya . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] charity soul of activity .

228This is the duty of a charitable soul.

207परिवार है . parivār hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . family be[pres.sg.23] .

229They are your family.

208एक परिवार है . ēk parivār hai . ēk[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one family be[pres.sg.23] .

230You are one family.

209दो परिवार नहीं हैं , एक परिवार है . dō parivār nahī̃ haĩ , ēk parivār hai . dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) family not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one family be[pres.sg.23] .

231You are not two families; it is one family.

210आज आप लण्डन में जाते हो , कोई भी कारण से , तो आप क्या कहेंगे  ? āj āp london mē̃ jātē hō , kōī bhī kāraṇ sē , tō āp kyā kahē̃gē  ? āj āp[pn.pl.] London mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] , kōī bhī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? today you x in go[pres.pl.m.2] , anyone because from , then you what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

232If you were to go to London today for any reason, what would you say?

211हमारा सेन्टर है कि कहेंगे लण्डन वालों का है  ? hamārā centre hai ki kahē̃gē london vālō̃ kā hai  ? ham[pn.pl.kā] centre hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] London vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? we[.kā] centre be[pres.sg.23] that say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x those who of be[pres.sg.23]  ?

233Would you say that it is your centre or would you say that it is the centre of those from London?

212हमारा है ना  ! hamārā hai nā  ! ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! we[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

234It is yours, is it not?

213हमारा भाव का अर्थ यह नहीं कि वहाँ जाके रह जाओ . hamārā bhāv kā arth|earth yah nahī̃ ki vahā̃ jākē rah jāō . ham[pn.pl.kā] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] vahā̃ jānā[abs.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . we[.kā] consciousness of (meaning|earth) this not that there go[abs.] remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

235To say "mine" does not mean that you go and live there.

214वह तो बाबा ने हर एक को अपनी सेवा का स्थान दे दिया है . vah tō bābā nē har ēk kō apnī sēvā kā sthān dē diyā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō bābā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . that then Baba ∅ each one to one’s own service of place give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .

236Baba has given each one of you your place of service.

215तो सुना क्या करना है  ? tō sunā kyā karnā hai  ? tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

237So, did you hear what you have to do?

216मधुबन वाले और सभी को अपना सर्टीफिकेट लेना है . madhuban vālē aur sabhī kō apnā certificate lēnā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] certificate lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Madhuban those who and all to (one’s own|adopt[root]) certificate take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

238Those from Madhuban and everyone else - you have to claim your certificate.

217अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

239OK.

218बहुत काम दे दिया है ना लेकिन बापदादा आपका साथी है , जहाँ भी मुश्किल आवे ना बस दिल से कहना , बाबा , मेरा बाबा , मेरा साथी आ जाओ , मदद करो . bahut kām dē diyā hai nā lēkin bāpdādā āpkā sāthī hai , jahā̃ bhī muśhkil āvē nā bas dil sē kahnā , bābā , mērā bābā , mērā sāthī ā jāō , madad karō . bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] nā lēkin bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kā] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jahā̃ bhī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] ānā[opt.sg.23] nā bas|basnā[root] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very (lust|task) give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ∅ but BapDada you[.kā] companion be[pres.sg.23] , where there too difficult come[opt.sg.23] ∅ (simply|x[root]) heart from say[inf.m.sg.d.] , Baba , I[.kā] Baba , I[.kā] companion come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 219तो बाबा भी बंधा हुआ है . tō bābā bhī bandhā huā hai . tō bābā bhī[p.] bandhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then Baba too be tied[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

240Baba has given you a lot of work, but BapDada is your Companion. 241Whenever you feel something is difficult, say with your heart, "Baba, My Baba, My Companion, come and help me", and Baba is then bound to help.

220सिर्फ दिल से कहना . sirph dil sē kahnā . sirph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only heart from say[inf.m.sg.d.] . 221क्योंकि समय और स्वयं दोनों को देखना है . kyōṅki samay aur svayã dōnō̃ kō dēkhnā hai . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur svayã dōnō̃ kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because time and x x to see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

242You have to say it with your heart though, because you have to see the time and the self.

222समय चैलेन्ज कर रहा है और आप माया को चैलेन्ज करो क्या करेगी . samay challenge kar rahā hai aur āp māyā kō challenge karō kyā karēgī . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] challenge karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] challenge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā karnā[fut.f.sg.23] . time challenge do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and you Maya to challenge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what do[fut.f.sg.23] .

243Time is challenging and you have to challenge Maya. 244What can she do then?

223तो समय के प्रमाण बापदादा देख रहे थे कि समय की रफ्तार इस समय तीव्र है . tō samay kē|K pramāṇ bāpdādā dēkh rahē thē ki samay kī|key raphtār is samay tīvr hai . tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] is samay[x] tīvr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then time (of|K) (under) BapDada see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] that time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed at this time intense be[pres.sg.23] .

245So, BapDada was seeing that according to the time, the speed of time is fast at present.

224तो समय को सामना कौन करेगा  ? tō samay kō sāmnā kaun karēgā  ? tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāmnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? then time to facing who do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

246So, who is going to oppose the time?

225आप ही तो करेंगे . āp hī tō karē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you only then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

247You are going to do that.

226बापदादा ने देखा कि दुःखियों की पुकार , भक्तों की पुकार , समय की पुकार इतना सुनते कम हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki duḥkhiyō̃ kī|key pukār , bhaktō̃ kī|key pukār , samay kī pukār itnā suntē cum|kam haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukār[n.f.;sg.]|pukārnā[root] , bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukār[n.f.;sg.]|pukārnā[root] , samay kī pukār[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that unhappy (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call|call[root]) , devotee (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call|call[root]) , call of the time such listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

248BapDada has seen that that you are not hearing the call of unhappy souls, the call of devotees and the call of time that much.

227बिचारे हिम्मतहीन हैं , उन्हों को पंख लगाओ तो उड़ तो सकें . bichārē himmathīn haĩ , unhō̃ kō paṅkh lagāō tō uṛ tō sakē̃ . bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] himmat-hīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō uṛnā[root] tō saknā[opt.pl.12hon3] . poor people without courage be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that to wing attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then fly[root] then can[opt.pl.12hon3] .

249The poor things do not have any courage, so give them wings so that at least they can fly.

228हिम्मत के पंख , उमंग-उत्साह के पंख लगाओ . himmat kē|K paṅkh , umaṅg-utsāh kē|K paṅkh lagāō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . courage (of|K) wing , zeal and enthusiasm (of|K) wing attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

250Give them wings of courage and zeal and enthusiasm.

229अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

251Achcha.

230बापदादा ने सब तरफ के आये हुए कार्ड , ईमेल , मुबारकें स्वीकार भी की और यहाँ भी देखी . bāpdādā nē sab taraph kē|K āyē huē card , email , mubārakē̃ svīkār bhī kī|key aur yahā̃ bhī dēkhī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] card , email , mubārak[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur yahā̃ bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] . BapDada ∅ all direction (of|K) (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] card , e-mail , congratulations acceptance too (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and here too see[past-part.f.] .

252BapDada has accepted and also seen here all the cards, e-mails and letters of greetings that have come from everywhere.

231आपके दिल की मुबारकें बापदादा के लिए हीरों से भी पदमगुणा ज्यादा बापदादा ने स्वीकार की . āpkē dil kī|key mubārakē̃ bāpdādā kē liē hīrō̃ sē bhī padamguṇā jyādā bāpdādā nē svīkār kī|key . āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bāpdādā kē liē[x] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . you[.kē] heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations BapDada for diamond from too multimillion-fold more BapDada ∅ acceptance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

253BapDada has accepted the greetings from your heart as being multimillion times more valuable than diamonds.

232दूर बैठे हुए बच्चे बाप के तो दिल के सामने हैं . dūr baiṭhē huē bachchē bāp kē|K tō dil kē|K sāmnē haĩ . dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child father (of|K) then heart (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

254The children sitting far away are in front of the Father's heart.

233बापदादा जब दृष्टि देते हैं तो सिर्फ इस हाल में नहीं देते , बापदादा के सामने सभी स्थान के बच्चे , दिल के सामने हाजिर होते हैं . bāpdādā jab dr̥iṣhṭi dētē haĩ tō sirph is hall|hāl mē̃ nahī̃ dētē , bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē sabhī sthān kē|K bachchē , dil kē|K sāmnē hājir hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā jab dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē sab[adv.hī] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada when drishti give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then only this (hall|x) in not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , BapDada (of|K) x all place (of|K) child , heart (of|K) x present be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

255When BapDada is giving drishti, He is seeing not only the children sitting in this hall, but the children at all the places are in front of BapDada. 256They are present in front of His heart.

234तो पदमगुणा बधाईयां भी हैं और गोल्डन गिफ्ट तो बापदादा ने सभी बच्चों को अधिकारी बना ही दिया है . tō padamguṇā badhāīyā̃ bhī haĩ aur golden gift tō bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchō̃ kō adhikārī banā hī diyā hai . tō padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur golden gift tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] hī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then multimillion-fold greetings too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and golden gift then BapDada ∅ all child to (one) who has a right (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) only give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 235जिस गोल्डन गिफ्ट में अनेक गिफ्ट समाई हुई हैं . jis golden gift mē̃ anēk gift samāī huī haĩ . jō[pn.sg.o.] golden gift mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] gift samānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . that golden gift in many gift merge[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

257And so multimillionfold greetings and BapDada has already given all the children a right to the golden gift; many other gifts are merged in this golden gift.

236जो सोचो वह हाजिर . jō sōchō vah hājir . jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāzir[adj.] . that think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that present .

258Whatever you think of, it becomes present.

237यहाँ के हिसाब से तो 12 बजे न्यु ईयर शुरू होगा और हमारे लिए तो सदा नयनों में , दिल में क्या याद रहता है  ? yahā̃ kē|K hisāb sē tō 12 bajē new year śhurū hōgā aur hamārē liē tō sadā nayanō̃ mē̃ , dil mē̃ kyā yād rahtā hai  ? yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō 12 bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] new year[x] śhurū hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur ham[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē tō sadā nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? here (of|K) account from then 12 (o'clock|x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) New Year x and we[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) then constantly eye in , heart in what remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

259According to the time here, the New Year will begin at 12.00 midnight, but for you, what do you always remember with your eyes and in your heart?

238गोल्डन वर्ल्ड , अभी अभी आया कि आया . golden world , abhī abhī āyā ki āyā . golden world , ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . golden world , now now come[past-part.m.sg.d.] that come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

260The golden world. 261It is about to come.

239ऐसे लगता है ना  ! aisē lagtā hai nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ! such x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  !

262It feels like that, does it not?

240आज यहाँ हैं बस थोड़े ही समय में अपनी दुनिया में जायेंगे . āj yahā̃ haĩ bas thōṛē hī samay mē̃ apnī duniyā mē̃ jāyēṅgē . āj yahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bas|basnā[root] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . today here be[pres.pl.12hon3] (simply|x[root]) short only time in one’s own world in go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

263Today, you are here and in just a short time you will go to your world.

241अच्छा , अभी बोलो . achchhā , abhī bōlō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , now speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

264Achcha. 265You may now speak.

242सेवा का टर्न दिल्ली और आगरा का है  : बहुत अच्छा , सुन्दर दृश्य दिखाई दे रहा है . sēvā kā turn dillī aur āgrā kā hai  : bahut achchhā , sundar dr̥iśhya dikhāī dē rahā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  : bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sundar[adj.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . service of you Delhi and Agra of be[pres.sg.23]  : very achcha , x x be visible .

266It is the turn of Delhi and Agra to serve: It is very good. 267This scene is very beautiful.

243सेवा का पुण्य जमा करने से मन खुशी में नाचता रहता है ना  ! sēvā kā puṇya jamā karnē sē man khuśhī mē̃ nāchtā rahtā hai nā  ! sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] nā  ! service of charity (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from mind happiness in dance[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] ∅  ! 244अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

268By accumulating the charity of service, your mind continues to dance in happiness.

245टीचर्स भी बहुत हैं . teachers bhī bahut haĩ . teacher bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

269There are many teachers too.

246टीचर्स हाथ हिलाओ . teachers hāth hilāō . teacher hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . teacher hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

270Teachers, wave your hands!

247अच्छा है , संगठन अच्छा है . achchhā hai , saṅgaṭhan achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saṅgaṭhan[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , gathering achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

271It is good. 272The gathering is good.

248अभी दिल्ली क्या करेगी  ? abhī dillī kyā karēgī  ? ab[adv.hī] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? now Delhi what do[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

273What will Delhi do now?

249पहले भी सुनाया कि यह मेला करना , प्रोग्राम करना , यह अभी कामन हो गया है . pahlē bhī sunāyā ki yah mēlā karnā , programme karnā , yah abhī common hō gayā hai . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] mēlā[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , programme karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] common hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (firstly|x) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that this fair do[inf.m.sg.d.] , programme do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this now x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

274You were told earlier too, that to have melas and programmes has now become common.

250रीति प्रमाण हो गया है , सीजन खत्म होती है और वर्गो का प्रोग्राम चालू होता है . rīti pramāṇ hō gayā hai , season khatm hōtī hai aur vargō kā programme chālū hōtā hai . rīti[n.f.;sg.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , season ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme chālū[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . way (under) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , season finished be[pres.sg.f.23] and profession of programme working be[pres.sg.m.23] .

275It has become a system. 276As soon as the season ends, the programme of the Wings begins.

251लेकिन अभी बापदादा ने दो बातों का इशारा दिया है वी . आई . पी की सेवा अच्छी की है , समय पर सहयोगी भी बन जाते हैं , अच्छा सहयोग भी देते हैं लेकिन अभी ऐसे सहयोगी से वारिस बनाओ . lēkin abhī bāpdādā nē dō bātō̃ kā iśhārā diyā hai we|V . āī|eye|I . pī kī sēvā achchhī kī hai , samay par sahyōgī bhī ban jātē haĩ , achchhā sahyōg bhī dētē haĩ lēkin abhī aisē sahyōgī sē vāris banāō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[adj.] sē[postp.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now BapDada ∅ (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) matter of signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] service achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , time (other|at) co-operative too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , achcha cooperation too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but now such co-operative from heir create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

277However, BapDada has now signalled to you about two things. 278You have served the VIPs well. 279They become co-operative at the time of need. 280They give good co-operation. 281Now, from being such co-operative souls, make them into heirs.

252वैसे दिल्ली में भी जो बहुत समय की वारिस क्वालिटी निकली है लेकिन पहले , अभी माइक भी हो और वारिस क्वालिटी भी हो , सहयोगी नहीं , सहयोगी तो बनायेंगे ही , बन रहे हैं लेकिन वारिस क्वालिटी . vaisē dillī mē̃ bhī jō bahut samay kī|key vāris quality nikalī hai lēkin pahlē , abhī mike bhī hō aur vāris quality bhī hō , sahyōgī nahī̃ , sahyōgī tō banāyēṅgē hī , ban rahē haĩ lēkin vāris quality . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ab[adv.hī] mike bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sahyōgī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , sahyōgī[adj.] tō banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] , bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality . x Delhi in too that very time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) heir x be extracted[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but (firstly|x) , now mike too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and heir x too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , co-operative not , co-operative then create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] only , become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but heir x .

282In any case, many heir-quality souls emerged from Delhi long ago, but that was earlier. 283Now, they should be mikes and heir-quality. 284Not just co-operative. 285You will make them co-operative anyway. 286They are becoming co-operative, but now make heir-quality souls emerge.

253अभी चारों ओर से माइक भी हो , मददगार भी हो , लेकिन वारिस क्वालिटी हो . abhī chārō̃ ōr sē mike bhī hō , madadgār bhī hō , lēkin vāris quality hō . ab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] mike bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now everywhere from mike too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , helper too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but heir x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

287Now, souls that emerge from everywhere should be mikes and helpers, but they should be heir-quality.

254भले गुप्त रहे लेकिन वारिस गुप्त रहते भी प्रत्यक्ष है ही . bhalē gupta rahē lēkin vāris gupta rahtē bhī pratyakṣha hai hī . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gupt[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] gupt[adj.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . benefit incognito (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) but heir incognito remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too visible be[pres.sg.23] only .

288They may remain incognito, but heirs are visible even while remaining incognito.

255ऐसा कोई ग्रुप कहाँ से भी निकले , किसी वर्ग का भी हो , देश का हो , विदेश का हो , कहाँ के भी हो लेकिन ऐसी क्वालिटी की चलो माला नहीं , कंगन तो बनाओ . aisā kōī group kahā̃ sē bhī nikalē , kisī varg kā bhī hō , dēśh kā hō , vidēśh kā hō , kahā̃ kē|K bhī hō lēkin aisī quality kī|key chalō mālā nahī̃ , kaṅgan tō banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] group kahā̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] quality karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mālā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , kaṅgan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such some group where from too (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) , (anything|some) profession of too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , land of (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , abroad of (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , where (of|K) too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but such x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] garland not , bracelet then create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

289Such a group can emerge from anywhere, from any wing; it can even be from this land or abroad. 290They can be from anywhere, and so if not a necklace at least create a bracelet of such quality souls.

256और वैसे भी जो पहले जमाने में फटाफट वारिस निकले हैं , वैसे अभी और सब क्वालिफिकेशन हैं लेकिन वारिस क्वालिटी हर श्रीमत , हर डायरेक्शन पर मन से गुप्त रूप से भी चलने वाले . aur vaisē bhī jō pahlē jamānē mē̃ phaṭāphaṭ vāris nikalē haĩ , vaisē abhī aur sab qualification haĩ lēkin vāris quality har|her śhrīmat , har|her direction par man sē gupta rūp sē bhī chalnē vālē . aur vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] phaṭāphaṭ[adv.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] aur sab[adj.] qualification hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality harnā[root]|har|her śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her direction par[adj.]|par[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gupt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . and x too that (firstly|x) make firm[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very quickly heir be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x now and all qualification be[pres.pl.12hon3] but heir x (x[root]|x) shrimat , (x[root]|x) direction (other|at) mind from incognito Rup from too continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

291In any case, heirs emerged so quickly in the early days. 292However, now, they have all other qualifications, but heir-quality are those who follow every shrimat and every direction with their mind in an incognito way.

257बापदादा की यह आशा है कि ऐसे कोई निमित्त बनें जो भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान से भी ग्रुप बनावें . bāpdādā kī|key yah āśhā hai ki aisē kōī nimitt banē̃ jō bhinn-bhinn sthān sē bhī group banāvē̃ . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yah[pn.sg.d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] group banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this desire be[pres.sg.23] that such some instrument become[opt.pl.12hon3] that different place from too group create[opt.pl.12hon3] .

293BapDada's hope is that someone should become an instrument to create such groups at different places.

258यह नवीनता कोई भी सेन्टर है या वर्ग है , करके दिखावे . yah navīntā kōī bhī centre hai yā varg hai , karkē dikhāvē . yah[pn.sg.d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kōī bhī[x] centre hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[abs.] dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . this newness anyone centre be[pres.sg.23] or profession be[pres.sg.23] , do[abs.] x .

294Any centre or wing can demonstrate this by bringing about this newness.

259सहयोगी हैं बापदादा जानते हैं , समय पर सहयोग दे देते हैं लेकिन वारिस हो . sahyōgī haĩ bāpdādā jāntē haĩ , samay par sahyōg dē dētē haĩ lēkin vāris hō . sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] lēkin vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , time (other|at) cooperation give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] but heir (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 260चाहे गुप्त हो . chāhē gupta hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gupt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) incognito (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

295There are co-operative souls - BapDada knows this. 296They give their co-operation when there is a need, but they should become heirs; even if they are incognito.

261दिल्ली क्या करेगी  ? dillī kyā karēgī  ? dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? Delhi what do[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

297What will Delhi do?

262ऐसा कंगन तैयार करेगी  ? aisā kaṅgan taiyār karēgī  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaṅgan[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? such bracelet x do[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

298Will you prepare such a bracelet?

263बापदादा माला नहीं कह रहे हैं कंगन बनाके लाये . bāpdādā mālā nahī̃ kah rahē haĩ kaṅgan banākē lāyē . bāpdādā mālā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kaṅgan[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] lānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada garland not say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] bracelet create[abs.] x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

299BapDada is not asking for a necklace; you can just make a bracelet and bring that here.

264इस वर्ष में कोई कमाल करके दिखाओ ना . is varṣh mē̃ kōī kamāl karkē dikhāō nā . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā . this year in some x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ .

300This year, show this by performing some wonders!

265चाहे फारेन से निकले , चाहे भारत से निकले , हो सकता है ना  ! chāhē foreign sē nikalē , chāhē bhārat sē nikalē , hō saktā hai nā  ! chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] foreign sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] nā  ! (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad from (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Bharat from (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ∅  !

301It is possible, is it not, whether they emerge from abroad or from Bharat?

266हो सकता है  ! hō saktā hai  ! hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ! be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  !

302Is it possible?

267टीचर्स बोलो हो सकता है  ? teachers bōlō hō saktā hai  ? teacher bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? teacher speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

303Teachers, speak! 304Is it possible?

268हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

305Raise your hands!

269दिल्ली वाले . dillī vālē . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . Delhi those who .

306Those from Delhi.

270वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  !

307Wah!

271बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं . bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ . bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

308BapDada is congratulating you.

272हिम्मत अच्छी रखी , अभी हिम्मत की मुबारक देते हैं और जब प्रैक्टिकल करेंगे ना तो फिर कौन सी मुबारक देंगे  ? himmat achchhī rakhī , abhī himmat kī|key mubārak dētē haĩ aur jab practical karē̃gē nā tō phir kaun see|sī|C mubārak dēgē  ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] , ab[adv.hī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur jab practical karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? courage achcha keep[past-part.f.] , now courage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and when practical do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then (then|turn[root]) who (see|x) congratulations give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

309You have maintained courage well. 310You are now being given congratulations for your courage. 311What congratulations will you receive when you do it in a practical form?

273वाह  ! vāh  ! vāh  ! wah!  ! 274मुरबी बच्चे वाह  ! murabī bachchē vāh  ! murabbī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! x child wah!  !

312Wah My specially beloved children! wah!

275कोई भी करे , बाम्बे करे , महाराष्ट्र करे , आंध्र करे , कोई भी करे , मधुबन करे , ठीक है ना  ! kōī bhī karē , bāmbē karē , mahārāṣhṭra karē , āndhra karē , kōī bhī karē , madhuban karē , ṭhīk hai nā  ! kōī bhī[x] karnā[opt.sg.23] , bāmbē karnā[opt.sg.23] , mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , kōī bhī[x] karnā[opt.sg.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! anyone do[opt.sg.23] , Bombay do[opt.sg.23] , Maharashtra do[opt.sg.23] , Andhra do[opt.sg.23] , anyone do[opt.sg.23] , Madhuban do[opt.sg.23] , OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

313Anyone can do this! 314Bombay, Maharashtra, Andhra - anyone can do it. 315Madhuban can do it. 316Is that all right?

276अच्छा है , दिल्ली में ब्रह्मा बाप की , ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ शिव बाप तो है ही लेकिन विशेष ब्रह्मा बाप की दिल्ली , बाम्बे , कलकत्ता , कलकत्ता वाले भी कर सकते हैं , शुरू से बापदादा उम्मीदें रखे हुए है . achchhā hai , dillī mē̃ brahmā bāp kī|key , brahmā bāp kē sāth śhiv bāp tō hai hī lēkin viśhēṣh brahmā bāp kī|key dillī , bāmbē , kalkattā , kalkattā vālē bhī kar saktē haĩ , śhurū sē bāpdādā ummīdē̃ rakhē huē hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bāmbē , kalkattā , kalkattā vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rakhnā[opt.sg.23]|rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[x] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Delhi in Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , Brahma father with Shiva father then be[pres.sg.23] only but special Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Delhi , Bombay , x , x those who too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , beginning from BapDada x (keep[opt.sg.23]|keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[x] .

317It is good. 318Delhi is Father Brahma's. 319Together with Father Brahma, Shiv Baba is also there. 320Delhi, Bombay and Calcutta are all special places of Father Brahma and BapDada has had hopes in them from the beginning.

277अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

321Achcha.

278अभी कमाल करके दूसरे वर्ष आओ तो तैयारी करके आना . abhī kamāl karkē dūsrē varṣh āō tō taiyārī karkē ānā . ab[adv.hī] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[abs.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . now x do[abs.] other year come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then x do[abs.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .

322Now, when you come here next year, having performed wonders, come having made preparations.

279ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

323Is that all right?

280सभी पाण्डव हाथ उठाओ . sabhī pāṇḍav hāth uṭhāō . sab[adv.hī] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all Pandava raise your hands .

324All Pandavas, raise your hands!

281देखो कितने पाण्डव हैं . dēkhō kitnē pāṇḍav haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so Pandava be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

325Look how many Pandavas there are!

282तो दिल्ली के पाण्डव कमाल करके आयेंगे ना  ! tō dillī kē|K pāṇḍav kamāl karkē āyēṅgē nā  ! tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! then Delhi (of|K) Pandava x do[abs.] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

326So, the Pandavas of Delhi will come having performed wonders, will you not?

283करेंगे  ? karē̃gē  ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

327Will you do it?

284बापदादा हमेशा बार-बार दिल्ली का नाम कहता है और सभी के लिए इतने जो भी ब्राह्मण हैं , उनके लिए दिल्ली में दरबार बनायेंगे ना . bāpdādā hamēśhā bār-bār dillī kā nām kahtā hai aur sabhī kē liē itnē jō bhī brāhmaṇ haĩ , unkē liē dillī mē̃ darbār banāyēṅgē nā . bāpdādā hamēśhā bār[n.f.;sg.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur sab[adv.hī] kē liē[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . BapDada x time Delhi of name say[pres.sg.m.23] and all for such that too Brahmin be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) Delhi in court create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

328BapDada repeatedly mentions the name of Delhi. 329And you will make a court in Delhi for all these Brahmins, will you not?

285राज्य करेंगे ना . rājya karē̃gē nā . rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . x ∅ .

330You will rule there, will you not?

286राज्य सभा दिल्ली में होगी ना . rājya sabhā dillī mē̃ hōgī nā . rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . kingdom court Delhi in be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .

331The Parliament will be in Delhi, will it not?

287तो दिल्ली वालों को दिल्ली को बहुत तैयार करना पड़ेगा . tō dillī vālō̃ kō dillī kō bahut taiyār karnā paṛēgā . tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bahut taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . then Delhi those who to Delhi to very x do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

332So, those from Delhi will have to prepare Delhi a great deal.

288सभी को महल देंगे ना . sabhī kō mahal dēgē nā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . all to palace give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

333You will give a palace to everyone, will you not?

289महल मिलेगा दिल्ली में . mahal milēgā dillī mē̃ . mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] . palace receive[fut.m.sg.23] Delhi in .

334You will receive a palace in Delhi.

290अच्छा देखेंगे कमाल . achchhā dēkhē̃gē kamāl . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] . achcha see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x .

335OK, we shall see the wonders!

291कोई नवीनता करो ना . kōī navīntā karō nā . kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā . some newness do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ .

336At least show some newness!

292अभी सभी देख चुके हैं बार-बार फंक्शन होता है , मेला होता है , अच्छा . abhī sabhī dēkh chukē haĩ bār-bār function hōtā hai , mēlā hōtā hai , achchhā . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] bār[n.f.;sg.] function hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . now all see[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] time x be[pres.sg.m.23] , fair be[pres.sg.m.23] , achcha .

337Everyone has now seen all the functions and melas that take place again and again. 338Achcha.

293ज्युरिस्ट विंग कलचरल विंग और मीडिया विंग वाले आये हैं  : पहले ज्युरिस्ट वाले उठो . jurist wing cultural wing aur media wing vālē āyē haĩ  : pahlē jurist vālē uṭhō . jurist wing cultural wing aur media wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jurist vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . jurist wing x wing and media wing those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : (firstly|x) jurist those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

339Jurist, Cultural and Media Wings have come. 340First, the Jurist wing should stand up.

294ज्युरिस्ट का काम है लॉ एण्ड आर्डर को मजबूत बनाना . jurist kā kām hai law and order kō majbūt banānā . jurist kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] law and order kō[postp.] majbūt[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . jurist of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] law and order to x create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

341The duty of jurists is to make law and order strong.

295तो आप सभी इस पुरानी दुनिया में बैठ नई दुनिया का जो लॉ एण्ड आर्डर है उसको बना रहे हो . tō āp sabhī is purānī duniyā mē̃ baiṭh naī duniyā kā jō law and order hai uskō banā rahē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[root] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] law and order hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . then you all this old world in sit[root] new world of that law and order be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] create[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

342While sitting in this old world, all of you are creating law and order for the new world.

296प्लैन अच्छे बनाये हैं . plan achchhē banāyē haĩ . plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . plan achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

343You have made good plans.

297लेकिन अभी ऐसा चारों ओर क्योंकि इस डिपार्टमेंट में भी भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान के साथी हैं सब तरफ के मिलके करते हैं तो ऐसा वायुमण्डल वाणी द्वारा भाषणों द्वारा वायुमण्डल बनाओ जो कई लोग आपके साथी बनके पहले यह सहयोग दें कि अशान्ति के समय में हम शान्ति बनाके रखेंगे . lēkin abhī aisā chārō̃ ōr kyōṅki is department mē̃ bhī bhinn-bhinn sthān kē|K sāthī haĩ sab taraph kē|K milkē kartē haĩ tō aisā vāyumaṇḍal vāṇī dvārā bhāṣhaṇō̃ dvārā vāyumaṇḍal banāō jō kaī lōg āpkē sāthī bankē pahlē yah sahyōg dē̃ ki aśhānti kē|K samay mē̃ ham śhānti banākē rakhē̃gē . lēkin ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.o.] department mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K milnā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] kaī log[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ham[pn.pl.] śhānti banānā[abs.] rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but now such everywhere because this x in too different place (of|K) companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] all direction (of|K) receive[abs.] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then such atmosphere words through lecture through atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that some people you[.kē] companion become[abs.] (firstly|x) this cooperation give[opt.pl.12hon3] that peacelessness (of|K) time in we peace create[abs.] keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

344However, now let there be such peace everywhere, because you have companions from many different places in this department. 345If people from everywhere work together, you can create such an atmosphere through your words and lectures that many other people can become your companions and give you their co-operation in that, at times of peacelessness, they will maintain peace.

298शान्ति स्थापक बन आपके साथी बनें . śhānti sthāpak ban āpkē sāthī banē̃ . śhānti sthāpak[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] . peace founder (x|become[root]) you[.kē] companion become[opt.pl.12hon3] .

346They should become founders of peace and become your companions.

299ऐसी साइन कराओ . aisī sign karāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sign karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such sign make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

347Make them sign this.

300जगह जगह पर अपनी सेवा द्वारा लिखाओ कि हम शान्त रहेंगे लॉ एण्ड आर्डर में चलेंगे और दूसरों को भी चलायेंगे . jagah jagah par apnī sēvā dvārā likhāō ki ham śhānt rahē̃gē law and order mē̃ chalē̃gē aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī chalāyēṅgē . jagah[n.f.;sg.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā likhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] śhānt[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] law and order mē̃[postp.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chalānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x x (other|at) one’s own service through x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we silent remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] law and order in continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and other to too x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

348Through your service at different places make them write that they will remain peaceful, that they will move along with law and order and make others move along with it too.

301ऐसी लिस्ट तैयार करो और वह गवर्मेन्ट को दिखाओ तो हम क्या कर रहे हैं  ? aisī list taiyār karō aur vah government kō dikhāō tō ham kyā kar rahē haĩ  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] government kō[postp.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ham[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ? such list x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that government to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then we what do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ?

349Prepare such a list and show it to the Government, showing them what you are doing.

302और उन्हों के ग्रुप प्रैक्टिकल में लॉ एण्ड आर्डर में चल रहे हैं या नहीं उसका बीच बीच में चेक करो ऐसा सहयोगी ग्रुप चाहे यूथ हो चाहे बुजुर्ग हो चाहे बच्चे हो लेकिन समझदार बच्चे संख्या इकट्ठी करो और इन्हों का समय प्रति समय यात्रा निकालने की बात नहीं है लेकिन कहाँ न कहाँ जहाँ स्थान बड़ा हो वहाँ उन्हों का संगठन करते रहो और ऐसा संगठन तैयार करो जिसमें सब वर्ग वाले हों . aur unhō̃ kē|K group practical mē̃ law and order mē̃ chal rahē haĩ yā nahī̃ uskā bīch bīch mē̃ check karō aisā sahyōgī group chāhē youth hō chāhē bujurg hō chāhē bachchē hō lēkin samajhdār bachchē saṅkhyā ikaṭṭhī karō aur inhō̃ kā samay prati samay yātrā nikālnē kī|key bāt nahī̃ hai lēkin kahā̃ na kahā̃ jahā̃ sthān baṛā hō vahā̃ unhō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan kartē rahō aur aisā saṅgaṭhan taiyār karō jismē̃ sab varg vālē hō̃ . aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group practical mē̃[postp.] law and order mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] vah[pn.sg.kā] bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōgī[adj.] group chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] youth hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bujurg[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin samajhdār[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yātrā[n.f.;sg.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kahā̃ na kahā̃[x] jahā̃ sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vahā̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] sab[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . and that (of|K) group practical in law and order in continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] or not that[.kā] centre centre in check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such co-operative group (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) youth (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) older one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but sensible child x together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and this of time for time pilgrimage x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter not be[pres.sg.23] but somewhere or other where there place very (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) there that of gathering do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and such gathering x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.mē̃] all profession those who be[opt.pl.12hon3] .

350Then, every now and then, check whether that group is following law and order in a practical way. 351Prepare such a group of co-operative souls, of the youth, of the elders or even children, but get a group of sensible children together. 352It is not a question of having a rally of those children, but continue to have their gatherings wherever you have a big place and prepare such a gathering in which people from all wings are present.

303तो गवर्मेन्ट देखे कि यह क्या कार्य कर रहे हैं . tō government dēkhē ki yah kyā kārya kar rahē haĩ . tō government dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kyā kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then government (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) that this what task do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

353Then the Government will see what work you are doing.

304गवर्मेन्ट चाहती है लेकिन कर नहीं पाती है आप करके दिखाओ . government chāhtī hai lēkin kar nahī̃ pātī hai āp karkē dikhāō . government chāhnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] pānā[pres.sg.f.23] āp[pn.pl.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . government x[pres.sg.f.23] but do[root] not x[pres.sg.f.23] you do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

354The Government wants to do that, but is unable to do so, yet you can show it by doing it.

305अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

355It is good.

306संगठन अच्छा है और करते भी रहते हो लेकिन अभी थोड़ा बुलन्द आवाज करो . saṅgaṭhan achchhā hai aur kartē bhī rahtē hō lēkin abhī thōṛā buland āvāj karō . saṅgaṭhan[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] buland[adj.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . gathering achcha be[pres.sg.23] and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres.pl.m.2] but now short x noise do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

356The gathering is good and you continue to do it, but now let the sound be loud.

307फिर भी जो निमित्त बनते हैं उनको बापदादा दिल से मुबारक देते हैं करते चलो बढ़ते चलो बढ़ाते चलो . phir bhī jō nimitt bantē haĩ unkō bāpdādā dil sē mubārak dētē haĩ kartē chalō baṛhtē chalō baṛhātē chalō . phir bhī[x] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . nevertheless that instrument become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] BapDada heart from congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

357Nevertheless, BapDada is congratulating from His heart those who are instruments. 358Continue to do it, continue to move forward and continue to make others move forward.

308अभी गवर्मेन्ट के कानों में थोड़ा कानों को हिलाओ . abhī government kē|K kānō̃ mē̃ thōṛā kānō̃ kō hilāō . ab[adv.hī] government kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now government (of|K) ear in short ear to make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

359A little of the sound has now gone into the ears of the Government. 360Now let them hear a bit more.

309जितने वर्ग हैं अपने अपने सेवा द्वारा उन्हों को प्रत्यक्ष प्रुफ दिखाओ . jitnē varg haĩ apnē apnē sēvā dvārā unhō̃ kō pratyakṣha proof dikhāō . jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] proof dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the more profession be[pres.pl.12hon3] one’s own one’s own service through that to visible proof x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

361However many wings there are, show them the practical proof through each one's own service.

310अपनी उलझन में बिजी रहते हैं तो उनको थोड़ा जगाओ . apnī uljhan mē̃ busy rahtē haĩ tō unkō thōṛā jagāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] uljhan[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own confusion in busy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kō] short awaken[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

362They remain busy with their own problems, and so awaken them a bit.

311बाकी जो भी कर रहे हैं वह अच्छा है लेकिन अभी और अच्छे ते अच्छा करो . bākī jō bhī kar rahē haĩ vah achchhā hai lēkin abhī aur achchhē tē achchhā karō . bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (but|others) that too do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that achcha be[pres.sg.23] but now and achcha from achcha do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

363However, whatever you are doing is good, but now do the best of all.

312बाकी बापदादा का विशेष यादप्यार भी ग्रुप को है और मुबारक भी है . bākī bāpdādā kā viśhēṣh yādpyār bhī group kō hai aur mubārak bhī hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] group kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (but|others) BapDada of special love, remembrance too group to be[pres.sg.23] and congratulations too be[pres.sg.23] .

364This group has special love and remembrance and congratulations from BapDada.

313मीडिया विंग  : मीडिया वालों ने थोड़ा-थोड़ा अभी लोगों के कान खोले हैं . media wing  : media vālō̃ nē thōṛā-thōṛā abhī lōgō̃ kē|K kān khōlē haĩ . media wing  : media vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] khōlnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . media wing  : media those who ∅ short now people (of|K) ear open[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

365Media Wing: The Media has opened the ears of people a little.

314अभी सुनना अच्छा लगता है कोई-कोई बनना शुरू भी किया है लेकिन जितने सुनते हैं उतने ही अगर बन जायें तो क्या हो जायेगा  ? abhī sunnā achchhā lagtā hai kōī-kōī bannā śhurū bhī kiyā hai lēkin jitnē suntē haĩ utnē hī agar ban jāyē̃ tō kyā hō jāyēgā  ? ab[adv.hī] sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] kōī[pn.;d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] agar bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]  ? now listen[inf.m.sg.d.] enjoy some become[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but the more listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x only if become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then what be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]  ?

366Now, they enjoy listening. 367Some have even begun to become one of you, but what would happen if all those who listen to you also became one of you?

315बापदादा साकार में भी कहते थे कि मीडिया कमाल कर सकती है लेकिन अभी अव्यक्त रूप में देख रहे हैं थोड़ा देरी से किया है लेकिन देर में भी दुरस्त है . bāpdādā sākār mē̃ bhī kahtē thē ki media kamāl kar saktī hai lēkin abhī avyakt rūp mē̃ dēkh rahē haĩ thōṛā dērī sē kiyā hai lēkin dēr mē̃ bhī durast hai . bāpdādā sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] ki[conj.] media kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] avyakt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin dēr[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] durust[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada sakar in too say[hab-past.pl.m.] that media x do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] but now avyakt Rup in see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] short x from do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but long in too accomplished well be[pres.sg.23] .

368In sakar days too, BapDada used to say that the Media can perform wonders, but now, in the avyakt form, He is seeing and yes, although you have started late, it is better late than never!

316आवाज फैलाने का साधन घर बैठे यह मीडिया ही कर सकती है क्योंकि आजकल मनुष्य आत्मायें समय होते भी यही बहाना देते हैं अच्छा है लेकिन टाइम नहीं मिलता . āvāj phailānē kā sādhan ghar baiṭhē yah media hī kar saktī hai kyōṅki ājkal manuṣhya ātmāyē̃ samay hōtē bhī yahī bahānā dētē haĩ achchhā hai lēkin time nahī̃ miltā . āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] media hī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] kyōṅki ājkal manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] bahānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|bahānā[inf.m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin time nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) this media only do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] because nowadays human being soul time be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too this (shed[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|shed[inf.m.sg.d.]) give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] achcha be[pres.sg.23] but time not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

369It is only through the Media that you can spread the sound while sitting at home because now, although having time, people make an excuse that it is good but that they don't have time.

317तो यह बहाना भी मीडिया वाले समाप्त कर सकते हैं . tō yah bahānā bhī media vālē samāpt kar saktē haĩ . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bahānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|bahānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] media vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then this (shed[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|shed[inf.m.sg.d.]) too media those who x .

370So, the Media wing can finish this excuse of theirs.

318सिर्फ अच्छा लगा नहीं अच्छा बनाके दिखाओ . sirph achchhā lagā nahī̃ achchhā banākē dikhāō . sirph[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not achcha create[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

371They should not just say that they liked it, but now show this by making them become good.

319शुरू हुआ है प्रभाव अच्छा है मेहनत भी अच्छी की है लेकिन आवाज थोड़ा अभी और बड़ा करो . śhurū huā hai prabhāv achchhā hai mēhnat bhī achchhī kī hai lēkin āvāj thōṛā abhī aur baṛā karō . śhurū hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin āvāz[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x x achcha be[pres.sg.23] effort too achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but noise short now and very do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

372It has begun, the impact is good, and you have worked well, but now make the sound a little louder.

320नये-नये प्लैन बनाओ . nayē-nayē plan banāō . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . new plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

373Make new plans.

321ऐसे भी निकालो जो आपको सहयोग दे आवाज फैलाने में . aisē bhī nikālō jō āpkō sahyōg dē āvāj phailānē mē̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] . such too x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you[.kō] cooperation (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] in .

374Make such souls emerge who can help you in spreading your sound.

322ऐसे भी तैयार करो और साथ में भिन्न-भिन्न स्टेशन से आवाज फैलाओ . aisē bhī taiyār karō aur sāth mē̃ bhinn-bhinn station sē āvāj phailāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] station sē[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such too x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and with in different x from noise spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

375Prepare such souls and, together with that, spread the sound from different (Radio and TV) stations.

323ऐसे भी साथी तैयार करो . aisē bhī sāthī taiyār karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such too companion x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

376Prepare such companions.

324कर सकते हैं . kar saktē haĩ . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

377You can do that.

325बाकी फैला रहे हैं मेहनत की है मेहनत की मुबारक है लेकिन और बढ़ाओ . bākī phailā rahē haĩ mēhnat kī hai mēhnat kī|key mubārak hai lēkin aur baṛhāō . bākī|bākī phailānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aur baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (but|others) spread[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] but and increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

378You are spreading the sound, you have worked hard, and so congratulations for the efforts, but now, increase it.

326सब रीति से साथी बनाओ . sab rīti sē sāthī banāō . sab[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all way from companion create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

379Make them your companions in every way.

327कोई कराने वाला कोई करने के निमित्त बनने वाला बाकी अच्छा है . kōī karānē vālā kōī karnē kē nimitt bannē vālā bākī achchhā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who some do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (but|others) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

380Some can be those who inspire others and some can be those who become instruments to do it. 381It is good.

328मीडिया के कई प्रकार सेवा के हैं तो भिन्न भिन्न प्रकार से आवाज फैलता रहे . media kē|K kaī prakār sēvā kē|K haĩ tō bhinn bhinn prakār sē āvāj phailtā rahē . media kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kaī prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . media (of|K) some form service (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] then different different form from noise spread[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

382There are many types of service through the Media and so the sound can continue to spread in many different ways.

329सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में लाते रहो . sambandh-sampark mē̃ lātē rahō . sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . x in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

383Continue to bring them into connection and relationship.

330तो मीडिया डिपार्टमेंट को भी बापदादा जितना किया है अच्छा किया है मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō media department kō bhī bāpdādā jitnā kiyā hai achchhā kiyā hai mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō media department kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then media x to too BapDada the more do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

384BapDada is giving congratulations to the Media department for whatever you have done so far because what you have done is good.

331बापदादा तो सुनके खुश के देख करके खुश होते हैं क्योंकि तरस पड़ता है दुःखी आत्माओं का दुःख देखकर तरस पड़ता है . bāpdādā tō sunkē khuśh kē|K dēkh karkē khuśh hōtē haĩ kyōṅki taras paṛtā hai duḥkhī ātmāō̃ kā duḥkh dēkhkar taras paṛtā hai . bāpdādā tō sunnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dēkhnā[abs.] taras[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada then listen[abs.] happy (of|K) see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because mercy fall[pres.sg.m.23] (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) soul of (sorrow|hurt[root]) see[abs.] mercy fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

385Hearing and seeing this, BapDada is pleased because He feels mercy for the unhappy souls.

332फिर भी बच्चे हैं ना सगे है या लगे हैं लेकिन हैं तो बच्चे इसलिए और प्लैन बढ़ाते चलो . phir bhī bachchē haĩ nā sagē hai yā lagē haĩ lēkin haĩ tō bachchē isliē aur plan baṛhātē chalō . phir bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā sagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā lagnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] isliē aur plan baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . nevertheless child be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ x be[pres.sg.23] or x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but be[pres.pl.12hon3] then child therefore and plan increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

386After all, they are His children, whether they are real children or stepchildren, they are His children. 387Therefore, continue to make progress with this plan.

333अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

388Achcha.

334कल्चरल विंग  : कल्चरल और कल्चर दोनों मिलते हैं . cultural wing  : cultural aur culture dōnō̃ miltē haĩ . cultural wing  : cultural aur culture dōnō̃ milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x wing  : x and culture x receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

389Cultural Wing: Cultural and culture - both sound similar.

335तो कल्चरल द्वारा कल्चर बन जाए यही सेवा कर रहे हैं . tō cultural dvārā culture ban jāē yahī sēvā kar rahē haĩ . tō cultural dvārā culture bannā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] yahī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then x through culture become[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] this service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

390So, your culture should be created from the cultural. 391This is the service you are doing.

336बापदादा हर एक वर्ग का उमंग उत्साह देखते भी हैं हर एक अपने अपने विधि से सेवा को बढ़ा तो रहे हैं लेकिन अभी निमित्त कल्चरल है लेकिन बनाना क्या है  ? bāpdādā har ēk varg kā umaṅg utsāh dēkhtē bhī haĩ har ēk apnē apnē vidhi sē sēvā kō baṛhā tō rahē haĩ lēkin abhī nimitt cultural hai lēkin banānā kyā hai  ? bāpdādā har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[root]|baṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] cultural hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? BapDada each one profession of zeal enthusiasm see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] each one one’s own one’s own method from service to (increase[root]|grow[past-part.m.sg.d.]) then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but now instrument x be[pres.sg.23] but create[inf.m.sg.d.] what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

392BapDada is seeing the zeal and enthusiasm of each wing. 393Everyone is making their service grow in their own way, but this cultural wing is now an instrument, so what do you really have to create?

337कल्चर . culture . culture . culture .

394Culture.

338जब मनुष्य आत्माओं का कल्चर बदल जायेगा तो अभी तो आप कल्चरल दिखाते हो लेकिन कल्चर बदलने से वह भी अपने कार्य में रहते खुशी की डांस शुरू कर देंगे . jab manuṣhya ātmāō̃ kā culture badal jāyēgā tō abhī tō āp cultural dikhātē hō lēkin culture badalnē sē vah bhī apnē kārya mē̃ rahtē khuśhī kī|key dance śhurū kar dēgē . jab manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] culture badalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō ab[adv.hī] tō āp[pn.pl.] cultural dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin culture badalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dance śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . when human being soul of culture change[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then now then you x x[pres.pl.m.2] but culture change[inf.m.pl.,o.] from that too one’s own task in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dance beginning do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

395At present, you have cultural programmes, but when the culture of human beings changes, then, while doing their own work, they will begin to dance in happiness.

339जैसे आप डांस करके दिखाते हो ना तो कहाँ भी रहे कुछ भी करें लेकिन मन में खुशी का डांस करें . jaisē āp dance karkē dikhātē hō nā tō kahā̃ bhī rahē kuchh bhī karē̃ lēkin man mē̃ khuśhī kā dance karē̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] dance karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā tō kahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kuchh bhī[x] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dance karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . like you dance do[abs.] x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ then where too (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) anything do[opt.pl.12hon3] but mind in happiness of dance do[opt.pl.12hon3] .

396You demonstrate this by performing a dance. 397So, no matter where they may be staying or what they may be doing, they should be dancing in their mind with happiness.

340घर-घर में डांस हो . ghar-ghar mē̃ dance hō . ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dance hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . home in dance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

398Let there be dancing in every home.

341लक्ष्य तो अच्छा है और लक्ष्य को लेके सेवा को बढ़ाते भी चलते हो लेकिन बाबा चाहता है अभी देखना चाहता है कौन कंगन तैयार करके लाता है . lakṣhya tō achchhā hai aur lakṣhya kō lēkē sēvā kō baṛhātē bhī chaltē hō lēkin bābā chāhtā hai abhī dēkhnā chāhtā hai kaun kaṅgan taiyār karkē lātā hai . lakṣhya[adj.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur lakṣhya[adj.] kō[postp.] lēnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin bābā chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.inf+cāhnā] kaun[pn.;d.] kaṅgan[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] lānā[pres.sg.m.23] . aim then achcha be[pres.sg.23] and aim to take[abs.] service to increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too continue[pres.pl.m.2] but Baba x[pres.sg.m.23] now see[pres.sg.m.23.inf+cāhnā] who bracelet x do[abs.] x[pres.sg.m.23] .

399The aim is good and you continue to increase service with this aim, but Baba wants to see who is going to prepare a bracelet and bring it here.

342कौन सा वर्ग इसमें चाहे नम्बरवन होवे चाहे नम्बरवन में सहयोगी हो . kaun sā varg ismē̃ chāhē number one hōvē chāhē number one mē̃ sahyōgī hō . kaun sā[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] number one hōnā[opt.sg.23] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] number one mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . which profession this[.mē̃] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) number one be[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) number one in co-operative (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

400Which wing will it be that will become number one or number one co-operative?

343अभी कुछ नवीनता चाहता है क्योंकि बीज डाला है . abhī kuchh navīntā chāhtā hai kyōṅki bīj ḍālā hai . ab[adv.hī] kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now anything newness x[pres.sg.m.23] because seed create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

401Baba now wants some newness because the seeds have been sown.

344सभी वर्गो ने बीज तो अच्छा डाला है लेकिन अब फल दिखाई दे . sabhī vargō nē bīj tō achchhā ḍālā hai lēkin ab phal dikhāī dē . sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin ab[adv.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . all profession ∅ seed then achcha create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but now fruit be visible .

402All wings have sown good seeds, but the fruit should now be visible.

345कम से कम 9 लाख से और बढ़ना चाहिए ना . kam sē kam 9 lākh sē aur baṛhnā chāhiē nā . kam sē kam[x] 9 lākh[x] sē[postp.] aur baṛhnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|baṛhnā[.oblig3] nā . at least 9 100,000 from and (grow[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|grow[.oblig3]) ∅ . 346तो अच्छा है सभी बच्चे भिन्न-भिन्न वर्ग के कारण जिम्मेवार तो बने हैं . tō achchhā hai sabhī bachchē bhinn-bhinn varg kē|K kāraṇ jimmēvār tō banē haĩ . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhinn[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jimmēvār[adj.] tō bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] all child different profession (of|K) because x then become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

403Now, the number should at least increase to more than 900,000. It is good. 404Because of all the different wings, all the children have become responsible.

347अटेन्शन भी गया है अभी वृद्धि थोड़ा जल्दी करो कयोंकि समय की पुकार बहुत है दुःख अशान्ति बहुत बढ़ रही है भय बढ़ रहा है . attention bhī gayā hai abhī vr̥iddhi thōṛā jaldī karō kayōṅki samay kī pukār bahut hai duḥkh aśhānti bahut baṛh rahī hai bhay baṛh rahā hai . attention bhī[p.] jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ab[adv.hī] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jaldī karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki[conj.] samay kī pukār[x] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] bhay[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . attention too go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] now growth short very quickly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because call of the time very be[pres.sg.23] (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness very grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] fear grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

405Their attention has been drawn, and now let the growth take place quickly because time is calling a lot. 406Sorrow and peacelessness are increasing a great deal. 407Fear is increasing.

348और आप खुशी की डांस करो भयभीत से बचाओ . aur āp khuśhī kī|key dance karō bhaybhīt sē bachāō . aur āp[pn.pl.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dance karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhaybhīt[adj.] sē[postp.] bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and you happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) dance do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] in fear from save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

408You have to dance in happiness and save people from their fear.

349अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

409It is good.

350हर एक सेवा के क्षेत्र में बिजी भी रहता है यह भी अच्छा है . har ēk sēvā kē|K kṣhētra mē̃ busy bhī rahtā hai yah bhī achchhā hai . har ēk[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kṣhētra[x] mē̃[postp.] busy bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one service (of|K) field in busy too remain[pres.sg.m.23] this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

410It is good that each one remains busy in the field of service. 411That is good.

351इसीलिए बढ़ते चलो अपने साथियों को जो कल्प कल्प वाले हैं उन्हों को ढूंढके निकालो . isīliē baṛhtē chalō apnē sāthiyō̃ kō jō kalp kalp vālē haĩ unhō̃ kō ḍhūṇḍhkē nikālō . isīliē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[abs.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own companion to that cycle cycle those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to discover[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

412Therefore, continue to move forward. 413Find your companions of the previous cycle.

352अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

414Achcha.

353बहुत अच्छा है और अच्छा रहेगा और बढ़ता रहेगा . bahut achchhā hai aur achchhā rahēgā aur baṛhtā rahēgā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . very achcha be[pres.sg.23] and achcha remain[fut.m.sg.23] and grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

415Very good. 416It is very good and it will remain good and will continue to increase.

354इन्टरनेशनल यूथ और चिल्ड्रेन रिट्रीट चल रही है  : बच्चों को आगे करो . international youth aur children retreat chal rahī hai  : bachchō̃ kō āgē karō . international youth aur children retreat chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23]  : bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āgē karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . international youth and children x continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23]  : child to previously do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

417International Youth and Children's Retreat: Let the children come to the front.

355बापदादा ने बच्चों का भी समाचार सुना , अच्छा है अगर बच्चे स्व परिवर्तन द्वारा विश्व परिवर्तन के लिए तैयार हो रहे हैं तो बापदादा को खुशी है कि बच्चे सुभान अल्ला बच्चे हैं . bāpdādā nē bachchō̃ kā bhī samāchār sunā , achchhā hai agar bachchē sva parivartan dvārā viśhva parivartan kē liē taiyār hō rahē haĩ tō bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki bachchē subhān allā bachchē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] agar bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] subhān allā[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ child of too news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , achcha be[pres.sg.23] if child x transformation through world transformation for x be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that child They are equal to Allah! child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

418BapDada heard the news of the children. 419It is good if the children are preparing to bring about world transformation through self-transformation. 420BapDada is pleased that the children are equal to Allah (God).

356लेकिन जो वायदा किया है ना , बापदादा ने देखा है जो लिखा है , जो कमल का फूल बनाया है वह आगे दिखाओ . lēkin jō vāydā kiyā hai nā , bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai jō likhā hai , jō kamal kā phūl|fool banāyā hai vah āgē dikhāō . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , jō[pn.;d.] kamal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phūl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|fool|phūlnā[root] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] āgē dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but that promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that x of (flower|x|x[root]) create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that previously x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

421However, you have made a promise and BapDada has seen what you have written. 422Show the lotus that you have created.

357गवर्मेन्ट भी यूथ ग्रुप को परिवर्तन करते हुए देखना चाहती है क्योंकि यूथ में एक विशेषता होती है , यूथ ग्रुप जो चाहे , अगर मन से संकल्प करे , तो कर सकती है . government bhī youth group kō parivartan kartē huē dēkhnā chāhtī hai kyōṅki youth mē̃ ēk viśhēṣhtā hōtī hai , youth group jō chāhē , agar man sē saṅkalp karē , tō kar saktī hai . government bhī[p.] youth group kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23.inf+cāhnā] kyōṅki youth mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , youth group jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , agar man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , tō karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . government too youth group to transformation do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres.sg.f.23.inf+cāhnā] because youth in one speciality be[pres.sg.f.23] , youth group that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , if mind from thought do[opt.sg.23] , then do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . 358चाहे उल्टे में लग जाये , चाहे सुल्टे में लेकिन आप यूथ ग्रुप कमाल करने वाले हो . chāhē ulṭē mē̃ lag jāyē , chāhē sulṭē mē̃ lēkin āp youth group kamāl karnē vālē hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] youth group kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) upside down in x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) the right way up in but you youth group x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 359धमाल नहीं , कमाल . dhamāl nahī̃ , kamāl . dhamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x not , x .

423The Government also wants the Youth to show them how to bring about transformation, because the Youth have the speciality that whatever thought they have in their mind, they are able to do it, whether they engage themselves in something wrong or something right. 424The Youth group can show wonders: not create chaos (dhamaal), but perform wonders (kamaal).

360तो गवर्मेन्ट भी यूथ ग्रुप पसन्द करती है और बाप के आगे अपने वायदे भी इस कमल पुष्प के अन्दर अच्छे लिखे हैं अभी इन वायदों को , परिवर्तन को सदा अमृतवेले बापदादा से रूहरिहान करते , बापदादा को रिजल्ट सुनाते रहना और जिस भी सेवास्थान पर हो वहाँ अपने टीचर को वायदा और फायदा , जो वायदा किया , उसका फायदा कितना है वह रिजल्ट देते रहना . tō government bhī youth group pasand kartī hai aur bāp kē āgē apnē vāydē bhī is kamal puṣhp kē|K andar achchhē likhē haĩ abhī in vāydō̃ kō , parivartan kō sadā amr̥itvēlē bāpdādā sē rūhrihān kartē , bāpdādā kō result sunātē rahnā aur jis bhī sēvāsthān par hō vahā̃ apnē teacher kō vāydā aur phāydā , jō vāydā kiyā , uskā phāydā kitnā hai vah result dētē rahnā . tō government bhī[p.] youth group pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] kamal[n.m.;sg.,d.] puṣhp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] result sunānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vahā̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] teacher kō[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] result dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then government too youth group love do[pres.sg.f.23] and father in front of one’s own promise too this x flower (of|K) inside achcha write[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] now (in|this) promise to , transformation to constantly amrit vela BapDada from spiritual conversation do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , BapDada to result speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and that too service place (other|at) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) there one’s own teacher to promise and profit , that promise do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.kā] profit so be[pres.sg.23] that result give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

425The Government also likes the Youth group. 426And you have written very good promises to the Father in this lotus flower. 427Now, every day at amrit vela, when having a heart-to-heart conversation with BapDada, continue to give Him the result of the promises of transformation and whichever service place you are at, continue to give your teacher the result of your promise and how much you have benefitted from it.

361टीचर्स बापदादा के पास आपेही पहुंचाती रहेंगी . teachers bāpdādā kē pās āpēhī pahuñchātī rahē̃gī . teacher bāpdādā kē pās[x] āpēhī pahuñchānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . teacher BapDada to automatically cause to reach[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

428The teachers themselves will continue to give these results to BapDada.

362बाकी बापदादा ने सुना तो ट्रेनिंग की रूपरेखा बहुत अच्छी बनाई है और सबने रूचि से किया , इसके लिए यूथ ग्रुप को बापदादा पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bākī bāpdādā nē sunā tō training kī|key rūprēkhā bahut achchhī banāī hai aur sabnē rūchi sē kiyā , iskē liē youth group kō bāpdādā padam padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bākī|bākī bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] tō training karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rūprēkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur sabnē ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē youth group kō[postp.] bāpdādā padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (but|others) BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) then training (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x very achcha create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and x interest from do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) youth group to BapDada multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

429BapDada has heard that the form of training you have created is very good and everyone did that with a lot of interest. 430BapDada is giving multimillionfold congratulations to the Youth group for this.

363पक्के रहना , कच्चा नहीं बनना . pakkē rahnā , kachchā nahī̃ bannā . pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . firm remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , weak not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

431Remain firm; do not be weak!

364कच्चा होता है तो उसको चिड़िया खा जाती है , पक्के को नहीं खाती है . kachchā hōtā hai tō uskō chiṛiyā khā jātī hai , pakkē kō nahī̃ khātī hai . kachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] chiṛiyā[n.f.;sg.] khānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[pres.sg.f.23] . weak be[pres.sg.m.23] then that[.kō] bird eat[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , firm to not eat[pres.sg.f.23] .

432If you remain weak (raw), the birds will eat you; if you are strong (ripe), they will not eat you.

365तो सदा उड़ते रहना , फरिश्ते बनके . tō sadā uṛtē rahnā , phariśhtē bankē . tō sadā uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[abs.] . then constantly fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , angel become[abs.] .

433So, always continue to fly like angels.

366इस देह रूपी धरनी पर पांव नहीं रखना , उड़ते रहना . is dēh rūpī dharnī par pāṅw nahī̃ rakhnā , uṛtē rahnā . yah[pn.sg.o.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] rūpī[adj.] dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dharnā[inf.f.] par[adj.]|par[postp.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this body in the form of (earth|adopt[inf.f.]) (other|at) foot not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] , fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

434Do not let your feet be on the ground of that body; always continue to fly.

367अच्छा है , कुमारियां भी हिम्मत वाली हैं . achchhā hai , kumāriyā̃ bhī himmat vālī haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kumārī[x] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , kumari too courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

435It is good. 436The kumaris have courage.

368भट्ठी करने वाले नहीं , भट्ठी में जो सुना वह करके दिखाने वाले . bhaṭṭhī karnē vālē nahī̃ , bhaṭṭhī mē̃ jō sunā vah karkē dikhānē vālē . bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . bhatti do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not , bhatti in that (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that do[abs.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

437You are not those who just do a bhatti, but you show it by doing practically what you heard in the bhatti.

369ऐसे हो ना . aisē hō nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .

438You are like that, are you not?

370हाथ उठाओ जो करके दिखायेगा . hāth uṭhāō jō karkē dikhāyēgā . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.sg.23] . raise your hands that do[abs.] x[fut.m.sg.23] .

439Those who will definitely do it, raise your hands!

371करके दिखाने वाले , अच्छा . karkē dikhānē vālē , achchhā . karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . do[abs.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , achcha .

440You are those who will do it practically. 441Good!

372बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

442It is very good.

373जैसे फारेन कहते हैं ना वैसे फौरन करने वाले . jaisē foreign kahtē haĩ nā vaisē phauran karnē vālē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreign kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phauran karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . like abroad say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ x x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

443You are those who do it instantly.

374बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .

444BapDada is pleased.

375बच्चों के ऊपर भी खुश है . bachchō̃ kē ūpar bhī khuśh hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . child over too happy be[pres.sg.23] .

445He is pleased with the children.

376बच्चों ने भी अपने उमंग उत्साह से समय भी दिया है और प्रॉमिस भी किया है . bachchō̃ nē bhī apnē umaṅg utsāh sē samay bhī diyā hai aur promise bhī kiyā hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur promise bhī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . child ∅ too one’s own zeal enthusiasm from time too give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and promise too do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

446Children have given their time with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm and also made a promise.

377अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

447Achcha.

378मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

448Congratulations. 449Congratulations. 450Congratulations.

379डबल विदेशी  : डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . double vidēśhī  : double tīvr purūṣhārthī . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.]  : double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . double foreigner  : double intense effort-maker .

451Double foreigners: Double intense effort-makers.

380अभी डबल फारेनर नहीं डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . abhī double foreigner nahī̃ double tīvr purūṣhārthī . ab[adv.hī] double foreigner nahī̃[neg] double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . now double foreigner not double intense effort-maker .

452You are not double foreigners now, but double intense effort-makers.

381डबल फारेनर्स की विशेषता है वह हाथ में हाथ देके ज्यादा चलते हैं . double foreigners kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai vah hāth mē̃ hāth dēkē jyādā chaltē haĩ . double foreigner karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] that hand in hand give[abs.] more continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

453The speciality of the double foreigners is that they generally like to walk hand in hand.

382तो आप सभी ने बापदादा को पक्का हाथ में हाथ देना अर्थात् साथी बनाना फ्रैंण्ड बनाना लवली फ्रैंण्ड तो फ्रैंण्ड बनाया है  ? tō āp sabhī nē bāpdādā kō pakkā hāth mē̃ hāth dēnā arthāt sāthī banānā friend banānā lovely friend tō friend banāyā hai  ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth mē̃ hāth dēnā[x] arthāt sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] friend banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] lovely friend tō friend banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? then you all ∅ BapDada to firm x that is companion create[inf.m.sg.d.] friend create[inf.m.sg.d.] lovely friend then friend create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

454So, have all of you put your hand very firmly in BapDada's hand, that is, have you made Him your Companion, your Friend, your lovely Friend? 455So have you made Him your Friend?

383फ्रैंण्ड का नाता जल्दी याद आता है कोई भी मुश्किल आती है ना तो बाप को नहीं बतायेंगे फ्रैंण्ड को बतायेंगे तो आपने खुदा को दोस्त बनाया है . friend kā nātā jaldī yād ātā hai kōī bhī muśhkil ātī hai nā tō bāp kō nahī̃ batāyēṅgē friend kō batāyēṅgē tō āpnē khudā kō dost banāyā hai . friend kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jaldī yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] kōī bhī[x] muśhkil[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] friend kō[postp.] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.nē] khudā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kō[postp.] dōst[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . friend of relationship very quickly remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] anyone difficult come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then father to not tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] friend to tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you[.nē] God to x create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

456You remember the relationship with a friend very quickly. 457When any difficulty arises, you would not share it with your father, but you would share it with your friend.

384है ना खुदा दोस्त है  ! hai nā khudā dost hai  ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā khudā dost[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅ Khuda-Dost be[pres.sg.23]  !

458So, you have made God your Friend.

385अच्छा है बापदादा को फारेनर्स को देख खुशी होती है क्योंकि कारण क्या है  ? achchhā hai bāpdādā kō foreigners kō dēkh khuśhī hōtī hai kyōṅki kāraṇ kyā hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā kō[postp.] foreigner kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyōṅki kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada to foreigner to see[root] happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] because because what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

459God is your Friend, is He not? 460It is good. 461BapDada is pleased to see the foreigners. 462What is the reason for that?

386बाप का एक नाम फारेन वालों ने सिद्ध किया विश्व पिता विश्व कल्याणकारी . bāp kā ēk nām foreign vālō̃ nē siddh kiyā viśhva pitā viśhva kalyāṇkārī . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreign vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] siddh karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] . father of one name abroad those who ∅ justify[past-part.m.sg.d.] world father world beneficial .

463Those from abroad have proved one name of the Father. 464That of the World Father and World Benefactor.

387पहले भारत कल्याणकारी थे लेकिन विदेश ने बाप का विश्व कल्याणकारी नाम प्रत्यक्ष किया है . pahlē bhārat kalyāṇkārī thē lēkin vidēśh nē bāp kā viśhva kalyāṇkārī nām pratyakṣha kiyā hai . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] lēkin vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (firstly|x) Bharat beneficial be[past.pl] but abroad ∅ father of world beneficial name visible do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

465Previously, He was just the Benefactor of Bharat, but those from abroad have revealed the Father's name as being the World Benefactor.

388पहले विश्व की सेवा सिर्फ मन्सा द्वारा करते थे अभी निमित्त बने हैं विश्व की सब तरह से सेवा करने के . pahlē viśhva kī|key sēvā sirph mansā dvārā kartē thē abhī nimitt banē haĩ viśhva kī|key sab tarah sē sēvā karnē kē|K . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sirph[adj.] mansā dvārā karnā[hab-past.pl.m.] ab[adv.hī] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adj.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . (firstly|x) world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service only through the mind through do[hab-past.pl.m.] now instrument become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all x from service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) .

466Previously, you used to do world service just with your mind, but you have now become instruments to serve the world in all directions.

389और देखो कोने-कोने में बिछुड़े हुए बच्चे कितने वाह वाह  ! aur dēkhō kōnē-kōnē mē̃ bichhuṛē huē bachchē kitnē vāh vāh  ! aur dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bichhuṛnā[opt.sg.23]|bichhuṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāh vāh  ! and see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] corner in (want to be separated[opt.sg.23]|want to be separated[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child so wah! wah!  ! 390बच्चे निकल आये . bachchē nikal āyē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] . child be extracted[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] .

467And, just see how wonderful the children that have emerged from all corners of the world are!

391और आपको नशा होगा तो हम हर कल्प के साथी हैं . aur āpkō naśhā hōgā tō ham har|her kalp kē|K sāthī haĩ . aur āp[pn.pl.kō] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō ham[pn.pl.] harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and you[.kō] intoxication be[fut.m.sg.23] then we (x[root]|x) cycle (of|K) companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

468So, you would have the intoxication that you are the companions of every cycle.

392थे भी हैं भी और होंगे भी . thē bhī haĩ bhī aur hōṅgē bhī . hōnā[past.pl] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] aur hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] . be[past.pl] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] too and be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] too .

469You were, you are and you will be.

393है ना  ! hai nā  ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

470You are that, are you not?

394नशा है ना  ! naśhā hai nā  ! naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

471Do you have that intoxication?

395देखो बाप की नज़र आपको कोने कोने में होते भी पहचान लिया बाप ने भी पहचाना आपने भी पहचाना . dēkhō bāp kī|key nazar āpkō kōnē kōnē mē̃ hōtē bhī pahchān liyā bāp nē bhī pahchānā āpnē bhī pahchānā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nazar[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) glance you[.kō] corner corner in be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too recognise[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] father ∅ too recognise[past-part.m.sg.d.] you[.nē] too recognise[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

472Look, the Father's vision recognised you even though you were in different corners. 473The Father recognised you and you also recognised Him.

396लोग बिचारे आयेगा आयेगा आयेगा करते और आप क्या कहते  ? lōg bichārē āyēgā āyēgā āyēgā kartē aur āp kyā kahtē  ? log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur āp[pn.pl.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? people poor people come[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and you what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

474The poor people keep on saying that He will come, He will come, whereas what do you say?

397आ गये . ā gayē . ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

475That He has come.

398गीत गाते हो ना मेरा बाबा आ गया . gīt gātē hō nā mērā bābā ā gayā . gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . x sing[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ I[.kā] Baba come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .

476You sing, do you not, "My Baba has come?"

399तो बहुत अच्छा सबको बाप दिल का दुलार यादप्यार और दिल की दुआयें विशेष दे रहे हैं . tō bahut achchhā sabkō bāp dil kā dulār yādpyār aur dil kī|key duāyē̃ viśhēṣh dē rahē haĩ . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabkō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then very achcha everything father heart of love and affection love, remembrance and heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing special give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

477So, it is very good. 478The Father is especially giving everyone love and affection, remembrance and blessings from His heart.

400अच्छा सिन्धी ग्रुप भी आ गया है . achchhā sindhī group bhī ā gayā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sindhī[adj.] group bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . achcha x group too come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

479Achcha. 480The Sindhi group has also come.

401बापदादा विशेष आप दोनों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं कि निमित्त बन अभी फास्ट चलने का संकल्प अच्छा किया है तो विशेष मुबारक मुबारक हो . bāpdādā viśhēṣh āp dōnō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ ki nimitt ban abhī fast chalnē kā saṅkalp achchhā kiyā hai tō viśhēṣh mubārak mubārak hō . bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] dōnō̃ kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] ab[adv.hī] fast chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . BapDada special you x to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that instrument (x|become[root]) now fast continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] of thought achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then special congratulations congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

481BapDada is especially giving you two congratulations that you have had the very good thought of becoming an instrument and moving fast. 482So, special congratulations. 483Congratulations.

402अभी फास्ट ही रहना ढीला नहीं बनना एक दो को मदद करके उड़ना . abhī fast hī rahnā ḍhīlā nahī̃ bannā ēk dō kō madad karkē uṛnā . ab[adv.hī] fast hī[p.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now fast only remain[inf.m.sg.d.] x not become[inf.m.sg.d.] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to x do[abs.] fly[inf.m.sg.d.] .

484Now, remain fast. 485Do not become slack. 486Fly by helping one another.

403हाँ ताली बजाओ . hā̃ tālī bajāō . hā̃ tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

487Yes, you may applaud.

404इस एक वर्ष में कितने बार आये हो आये हो ना अच्छा लगा . is ēk varṣh mē̃ kitnē bār āyē hō āyē hō nā achchhā lagā . yah[pn.sg.o.] ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this one year in so time come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

488How many times have you come this year? 489You have come before, have you not? 490You liked it.

405अभी औरों को भी निमित्त बनाओ क्योंकि बापदादा सिन्ध में आया है तो सिन्ध वालों को तो आगे होना चाहिए . abhī aurō̃ kō bhī nimitt banāō kyōṅki bāpdādā sindh mē̃ āyā hai tō sindh vālō̃ kō tō āgē hōnā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō sindh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō āgē hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . now others to too instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because BapDada Sindh in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then Sindh those who to then previously (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

491Now make others instruments because BapDada has come in Sindh and so those from Sindh have to be in the front.

406अच्छा - आज तो 12 बजाना है ना . achchhā - āj tō 12 bajānā hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - āj tō 12 bajānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . achcha - today then 12 play[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

492Achcha. 493Now, we have to continue till midnight, do we not?

407आप सभी भी 12 का इन्तजार कर रहे हो . āp sabhī bhī 12 kā intjār kar rahē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] 12 kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . you all too 12 of wait do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

494All of you are also waiting for midnight.

408अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

495It is good.

409बाप के साथ बच्चों का मिलना वा मनाना कितना अच्छा है . bāp kē sāth bachchō̃ kā milnā vā manānā kitnā achchhā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vā manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father with child of receive[inf.m.sg.d.] or celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] so achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

496It is so good for the children to meet and celebrate with the Father.

410अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

497Achcha.

411जो पहली बारी आये हैं वह उठकर खड़े हो जाओ . jō pahlī bārī āyē haĩ vah uṭhkar khaṛē hō jāō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[abs.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . that x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[abs.] standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

498Those who have come for the first time, stand up!

412तो पहली बारी आने वालों को अपना जन्म दिन मनाने की मुबारक हो . tō pahlī bārī ānē vālō̃ kō apnā janm din manānē kī|key mubārak hō . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then x x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who to (one’s own|adopt[root]) (life|be born[root]) day celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

499So, to those who have come for the first time, congratulations for celebrating your birthday.

413अभी जैसे पहले बारी आये हो ऐसे ही नम्बर भी पहला लेना है . abhī jaisē pahlē bārī āyē hō aisē hī number bhī pahlā lēnā hai . ab[adv.hī] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] number bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now like (firstly|x) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] such only number too x take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

500Just as you have come for the first time, so too, claim the first number.

414बापदादा का वायदा है कि भले अभी लास्ट में आये हैं लेकिन अभी लेट का बोर्ड लगा है टूलेट का नहीं लगा है . bāpdādā kā vāydā hai ki bhalē abhī last mē̃ āyē haĩ lēkin abhī late|lēṭ kā board lagā hai toolate kā nahī̃ lagā hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] last mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] late|lēṭnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] too late kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada of promise be[pres.sg.23] that benefit now last in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but now (late|lie down[root]) of board x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] too late of not x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

501BapDada's promise is that, though you have come last and the board of 'late' has been put up, the board of 'too late' has not yet been put up.

415तो कोई भी लास्ट इज फास्ट और फास्ट इज फर्स्ट ले सकते हो . tō kōī bhī last is fast aur fast is first lē saktē hō . tō kōī bhī[x] last be fast aur fast be first[adj.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then anyone last be fast and fast be first take[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

502So, last is fast and fast is first and so anyone can claim the number.

416यह नहीं समझो तो हम तो बहुत देरी से आये हैं लेकिन अगर अभी भी डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थ लक्ष्य और लक्षण दोनों समान बनायेंगे लक्ष्य ऊंचा और लक्षण कम तो फर्स्ट नहीं हो सकते . yah nahī̃ samjhō tō ham tō bahut dērī sē āyē haĩ lēkin agar abhī bhī double tīvr purūṣhārth lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ dōnō̃ samān banāyēṅgē lakṣhya ūñchā aur lakṣhaṇ cum|kam tō first nahī̃ hō saktē . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ham[pn.pl.] tō bahut dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin agar ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] double tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ samān[adj.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lakṣhya[adj.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] tō first[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . this not understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then we then very x from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but if now too double intense effort aim and qualification x equal create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aim elevated and qualification (x|less) then first not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 417लेकिन अगर लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान बनाते चलेंगे तो आप एक्जैम्पुल बन सकते हो लास्ट और फर्स्ट का . lēkin agar lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān banātē chalē̃gē tō āp example ban saktē hō last aur first kā . lēkin agar lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] example bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] last aur first[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . but if aim and qualification equal create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you example become[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] last and first of .

503Do not think that you have come too late, but if you make doule intense effort to make your aim and qualifications equal - if your aim is high but its qualifications are less, you cannot come first - if you continue to make your aim and its qualifications equal, you can become an example of those who have come last and come first.

418इसीलिए पुरूषार्थ का लक्ष्य रखो . isīliē purūṣhārth kā lakṣhya rakhō . isīliē puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x effort of aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

504Therefore, keep the aim of making effort.

419फिर अगर टूलेट का बोर्ड लग गया तो फर्स्ट नम्बर नहीं आ सकेंगे . phir agar toolate kā board lag gayā tō first number nahī̃ ā sakē̃gē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] agar too late kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō first[adj.] number nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . (then|turn[root]) if too late of board x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then first number not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

505If the board of 'too late' is then put up, you won't be able to claim the first number.

420बापदादा खुश है फिर भी हिम्मत रखकर उमंग उत्साह से सम्मुख पहुंच गये . bāpdādā khuśh hai phir bhī himmat rakhkar umaṅg utsāh sē sammukh pahuñch gayē . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir bhī[x] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sammukh pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] nevertheless courage keep[abs.] zeal enthusiasm from in front of you reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .

506BapDada is pleased that you have maintained courage and have personally come with zeal and enthusiasm,.

421और अभी भी सदा कहाँ भी रहो लेकिन मर्यादापूर्वक चलते चलो और बाप के दिल के समीप रहो तो बहुत थोड़े समय में भी अनुभव कर सकते हो . aur abhī bhī sadā kahā̃ bhī rahō lēkin maryādāpūrvak chaltē chalō aur bāp kē|K dil kē|K samīp rahō tō bahut thōṛē samay mē̃ bhī anubhav kar saktē hō . aur ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] sadā kahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin maryādā-pūrvak[adv.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . and now too constantly where too remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but according to the codes of conduct continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and father (of|K) heart (of|K) close remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then very short time in too experience do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

507Even now, wherever you stay, continue to move along according to the codes of conduct and remain close to the Father's heart, and you can have those experiences in a short time.

422अभी गोल्डन चांस है कोई भी कर सकता है . abhī golden chance hai kōī bhī kar saktā hai . ab[adv.hī] golden chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . now golden chance be[pres.sg.23] anyone do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . 423चाहे भारत में हैं चाहे विदेश में हैं . chāhē bhārat mē̃ haĩ chāhē vidēśh mē̃ haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Bharat in be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

508You have a golden chance and anyone from Bharat or abroad can do it.

424तो समझा डबल ट्रिपल पुरूषार्थ करना पड़ेगा . tō samjhā double triple purūṣhārth karnā paṛēgā . tō samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] double triple puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . then (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) double triple effort do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

509So, do you understand? 510You will have to make double or triple effort.

425सदा बाप के साथ कम्बाइन्ड रहना पड़ेगा . sadā bāp kē sāth combined rahnā paṛēgā . sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] combined rahnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . constantly father with combined remain[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

511You will have to remain combined with the Father all the time.

426कोई भी मुश्किल आये बोझ आवे तो बाप को देने आता है तो बेफिकर बादशाह बन उड़ते रहेंगे . kōī bhī muśhkil āyē bōjh āvē tō bāp kō dēnē ātā hai tō bēphikar bādśhāh ban uṛtē rahē̃gē . kōī bhī[x] muśhkil[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . anyone difficult (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) burden come[opt.sg.23] then father to give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.23] then carefree emperor (x|become[root]) fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

512If you have any difficulty or burden, do you know how to give it to the Father? 513You will become a carefree emperor and continue to fly.

427दिल में बोझ नहीं रखो . dil mē̃ bōjh nahī̃ rakhō . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . heart in burden not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

514Do not keep any burden in your heart.

428कई बच्चे कहते हैं एक मास हो गया है 15 दिन हो गये हैं चलता ही रहता है और उस 15 दिन में अगर आपका काल आ जाए तो  ? kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ ēk mās hō gayā hai 15 din hō gayē haĩ chaltā hī rahtā hai aur us 15 din mē̃ agar āpkā kāl ā jāē tō  ? kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur vah[pn.sg.o.] 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] agar āp[pn.pl.kā] kal ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō  ? some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one (month|x) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] 15 day be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only remain[pres.sg.m.23] and that 15 day in if you[.kā] x come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then  ?

515Some children say: It has now been one month or it has been 15 days, and everything is continuing fine. 516However, if death comes to you in those 15 days, what then?

429उसी समय बोझ बाप को दे दो देना आता है  ? usī samay bōjh bāp kō dē dō dēnā ātā hai  ? vah[pn.sg.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? that[.hī] time burden father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] give[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

517Give the Father your burden at that time. 518Do you know how to give it?

430देना जरूर सीखो . dēnā jarūr sīkhō . dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] zarūr sīkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . give[inf.m.sg.d.] definitely learn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

519Definitely learn how to give it to Him.

431लेना तो आता है देना भी सीखो . lēnā tō ātā hai dēnā bhī sīkhō . lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sīkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . take[inf.m.sg.d.] then come[pres.sg.m.23] give[inf.m.sg.d.] too learn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

520You know how to take it, but also learn how to give it.

432तो क्या करेंगे  ? tō kyā karē̃gē  ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

521So, what will you do?

433देना सीखा है  ? dēnā sīkhā hai  ? dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sīkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? give[inf.m.sg.d.] learn[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

522Have you learnt how to give it?

434बापदादा आया ही किसलिए है  ? bāpdādā āyā hī kisliē hai  ? bāpdādā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] kisliē hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? BapDada come[past-part.m.sg.d.] only x be[pres.sg.23]  ?

523Why has BapDada come?

435बच्चों का बोझ लेने के लिए . bachchō̃ kā bōjh lēnē kē liē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . child of burden take[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .

524He has come to take away the children's burden.

436कौन है जो इतनी हिम्मत रखता है वह हाथ उठाओ . kaun hai jō itnī himmat rakhtā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . who be[pres.sg.23] that such courage keep[pres.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .

525Who has that much courage? 526They should raise their hands!

437शरीर का हाथ उठा रहे हो या मन का हाथ उठा रहे हो  ? śharīr kā hāth uṭhā rahē hō yā man kā hāth uṭhā rahē hō  ? śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] yā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2]  ? body of raise your hands or mind of raise your hands  ?

527Are you raising your physical hands or the hands of your mind!

438मन का हाथ उठाना . man kā hāth uṭhānā . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[x] . mind of raise your hands .

528Raise the hand of your mind.

439अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

529Achcha.

440बापदादा ऐसे बच्चों को पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā aisē bachchō̃ kō padam padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada such child to multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

530BapDada is giving multimillionfold congratulations to such children.

441अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

531Achcha.

442इस वर्ष का होमवर्क बापदादा ने दे दिया है . is varṣh kā homework bāpdādā nē dē diyā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . this year of homework BapDada ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .

532BapDada has already given you homework for this year.

443वर्ष को इस विधि से मनाना . varṣh kō is vidhi sē manānā . varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . year to this method from celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] .

533Celebrate this year in that way.

444और बापदादा ने जो इस तारीख के लिए होमवर्क दिया था वह भी बापदादा ने देखा और सुना . aur bāpdādā nē jō is tārīkh kē liē homework diyā thā vah bhī bāpdādā nē dēkhā aur sunā . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] home work dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] . and BapDada ∅ that this x for homework give[past-perf.m.sg.] that too BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] and (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) .

534BapDada saw and heard about the homework that He had given for this date.

445सिर्फ जो संकल्प किया है उसमें दृढ़ रहना . sirph jō saṅkalp kiyā hai usmē̃ dr̥iṛh rahnā . sirph[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] dr̥iṛh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only that thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] determined remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

535Simply remain very determined with the thought you had.

446अलबेलापन नहीं लाना . albēlāpan nahī̃ lānā . albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . carelessness not x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

536Do not let there be carelessness.

447बापदादा ने सुनाया था अलबेलेपन के शब्द कौन से हैं  ? bāpdādā nē sunāyā thā albēlēpan kē|K śhabda kaun sē haĩ  ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? BapDada ∅ speak[past-perf.m.sg.] carelessness (of|K) word who from be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

537BapDada had told you what the words of carelessness were.

448एक गे गे और दूसरा तो तो … करना तो है यह दोनों शब्द अलबेलेपन के हैं . ēk gē gē aur dūsrā tō tō … karnā tō hai yah dōnō̃ śhabda albēlēpan kē|K haĩ . ēk[adj.] gē gē aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō tō … karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] dōnō̃ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . one some time some time and other then then … do[inf.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] this x word carelessness (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

538The language of procrastination and the language of making excuses. 539I have to do.... 540Both of those are words of carelessness.

449तो जो भी संकल्प किया है उसमें अभी तो अपनी साइन की है लेकिन उसमें दृढ़ संकल्प की गवर्मेन्ट की स्टैम्प लगाना जो कोई नहीं मिटा सकता . tō jō bhī saṅkalp kiyā hai usmē̃ abhī tō apnī sign kī hai lēkin usmē̃ dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kī|key government kī|key stamp lagānā jō kōī nahī̃ miṭā saktā . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ab[adv.hī] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sign karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.mē̃] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key government karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key stamp lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] miṭānā[root]|miṭnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then that too thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] now then one’s own sign do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but that[.mē̃] determined thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) government (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stamp attach[inf.m.sg.d.] that some not (x[root]|be rubbed off[past-part.m.sg.d.]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

541You have signed your name for the thought that you just had, but also apply the stamp of determination from the Government so that no one can erase it.

450दृढ़ता अपने जन्म का सबसे बड़ा गिफ्ट समझना . dr̥iṛhtā apnē janm kā sabsē baṛā gift samajhnā . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gift samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . determination one’s own (life|be born[root]) of the most very gift understand[inf.m.sg.d.] .

542Consider determination to be the greatest gift for your birthday.

451अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

543Achcha.

452सदा दृढ़ता सफलता की चाबी को सम्भालके रखना क्योंकि यह चाबी माया को भी बहुत प्यारी है . sadā dr̥iṛhtā saphaltā kī|key chābī kō sambhālkē rakhnā kyōṅki yah chābī māyā kō bhī bahut pyārī hai . sadā dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[abs.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . constantly determination success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key to be careful[abs.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.] because this key Maya to too very loving be[pres.sg.23] .

544Always keep determination, the key to success, very carefully because even Maya loves this key a lot.

453इसीलिए दिल की डिब्बी में इस चाबी को सम्भालके रखना . isīliē dil kī|key ḍibbī mē̃ is chābī kō sambhālkē rakhnā . isīliē dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ḍibbī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[abs.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) small box in this key to be careful[abs.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

545Therefore, keep this key carefully in the container of your heart.

454दृढ़ता ही सफलता की चाबी है और सफलता बाप के समान बनने का सहज साधन है . dr̥iṛhtā hī saphaltā kī|key chābī hai aur saphaltā bāp kē|K samān bannē kā sahaj sādhan hai . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . determination only success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key be[pres.sg.23] and success father (of|K) equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of easy facilities be[pres.sg.23] .

546Determination is the key to success and success is a very easy way to become equal to the Father.

455सदा निश्चय और निश्चित भावी है स्वराज्य अधिकारी और विश्व राज्य अधिकारी यह दोनों निश्चित है . sadā niśhchay aur niśhchit bhāvī hai svarājya adhikārī aur viśhva rājya adhikārī yah dōnō̃ niśhchit hai . sadā niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur niśhchit[adj.] bhāvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] svarājya adhikārī[x] aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya adhikārī[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] dōnō̃ niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . constantly faith and fixed will be[pres.sg.23] self-sovereign and world master this x fixed be[pres.sg.23] .

547You always have faith and the destiny is guaranteed. 548It is fixed for you to be a self-sovereign and a ruler of the kingdom of the world.

456ऐसे नशे में फखुर में सदा उड़ते रहो . aisē naśhē mē̃ phakhur mē̃ sadā uṛtē rahō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . such intoxication in intoxication in constantly fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

549Always continue to fly with such intoxication and pure pride.

457इस वर्ष की जैसे आज विदाई और बधाई मनायेंगे ना ऐसे रोज़ अपने अन्दर की कमजोरियों को विदाई दो और बापदादा से विशेष बधाईयां लो . is varṣh kī|key jaisē āj vidāī aur badhāī manāyēṅgē nā aisē rōz apnē andar kī|key kamjōriyō̃ kō vidāī dō aur bāpdādā sē viśhēṣh badhāīyā̃ lō|low . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āj vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rōz apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur bāpdādā sē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . this year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) like today farewell and greetings celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ such day one’s own inside (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) weakness to farewell (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and BapDada from special greetings (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .

550Just as you will celebrate the departure of the old year and give greetings for the New Year, in the same way, bid farewell to your weaknesses and defects every day and claim special congratulations from BapDada.

458यह संगमयुग विदाई और बधाई का है . yah saṅgamyug vidāī aur badhāī kā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this confluence age farewell and greetings of be[pres.sg.23] .

551This confluence age is that of bidding farewell and giving greetings.

459तो संगमयुग का हर दिन बधाईयों के पात्र बनते जाओ . tō saṅgamyug kā har|her din badhāīyō̃ kē|K pātr bantē jāō . tō saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . then confluence age of (x[root]|x) day greetings (of|K) worthy of receiving become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .

552So, continue to be worthy of congratulations on every day of the confluence age.

460बापदादा को हर बच्चा दिल का दुलारा है . bāpdādā kō har|her bachchā dil kā dulārā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to (x[root]|x) child heart of beloved be[pres.sg.23] .

553BapDada loves every child with a lot of love in His heart.

461चाहे नम्बरवार है नम्बरवन नहीं है लेकिन नम्बरवार है तो भी बापदादा का हर कल्प का सिकीलधा बच्चा है इसीलिए अपने सिकीलधे बनने के भाग्य को सदा याद रखो . chāhē number-vār hai number one nahī̃ hai lēkin number-vār hai tō bhī bāpdādā kā har|her kalp kā sikīladhā bachchā hai isīliē apnē sikīladhē bannē kē|K bhāgya kō sadā yād rakhō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] number-wār hōnā[pres.sg.23] number one nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin number-wār hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sikīladhē[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sikīladhē[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) numberwise be[pres.sg.23] number one not be[pres.sg.23] but numberwise be[pres.sg.23] ∅ BapDada of (x[root]|x) cycle of beloved, long-lost and now-found child be[pres.sg.23] x one’s own beloved, long-lost and now-found become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x to constantly remember .

554Even though you are numberwise, you are not number one, you are numberwise, but each child is BapDada's long-lost and now-found child of every cycle. 555Therefore, always remember your fortune of being a long-lost and now-found child.

462छोटी सी बात है सिर्फ कोई भी मुश्किल आवे दिल से आर्डर करो मेरा बाबा बाप अवश्य बंधा हुआ है लेकिन दिल में और बातें नहीं रखना मेरा बाबा भी कहो और दिल में कमज़ोरी भी हो तो बाप सहयोग नहीं देगा . chhōṭī see|sī|C bāt hai sirph kōī bhī muśhkil āvē dil sē order karō mērā bābā bāp avaśhya bandhā huā hai lēkin dil mē̃ aur bātē̃ nahī̃ rakhnā mērā bābā bhī kahō aur dil mē̃ kamzōrī bhī hō tō bāp sahyōg nahī̃ dēgā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] kōī bhī[x] muśhkil[adj.] ānā[opt.sg.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] order karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya bandhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aur bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā bhī[p.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . small (see|x) matter be[pres.sg.23] only anyone difficult come[opt.sg.23] heart from order do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I[.kā] Baba father x be tied[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but heart in and matter not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] I[.kā] Baba too say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and heart in weakness too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then father cooperation not give[fut.m.sg.23] .

556It is a small thing - whenever you face any difficulty, then, order from your heart, "My Baba". 557The Father is definitely bound to help but do not keep other things in your heart. 558If you say "My Baba" and you have weaknesses in your heart, the Father will not give His help.

463दिल साफ मुराद हांसिल . dil sāph murād hā̃sil . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāph[adj.] murād[n.f.;sg.] hā̃sil[n.m.;sg.,d.] . heart clean x fulfilled .

559If your heart is clean, your desires will be fulfilled.

464किचड़े वाली दिल में बाप नहीं आता . kichṛē vālī dil mē̃ bāp nahī̃ ātā . kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . rubbish those who heart in father not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 465और स्नेह से याद करो . aur snēh sē yād karō . aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and love from remember .

560The Father does not enter a heart that is filled with rubbish: and remember Him with love!

466सिर्फ ज्ञान के आधार से याद नहीं करो सुनाया था ज्ञान है बीज और स्नेह है पानी . sirph gyān kē|K ādhār sē yād nahī̃ karō sunāyā thā gyān hai bīj aur snēh hai pānī . sirph[adj.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pānā[inf.f.]|pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . only knowledge (of|K) basis from remembrance not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] speak[past-perf.m.sg.] knowledge be[pres.sg.23] seed and love be[pres.sg.23] (x[inf.f.]|water) .

561Do not just remember Him on the basis of knowledge; you were told that knowledge is the seed and love is water.

467सिर्फ ज्ञान से जाना लेकिन दिल के प्यार का अनुभव नहीं किया प्यार से बाप को याद नहीं किया तो प्रैक्टिकल फल नहीं निकलता अर्थात् अनुभव नहीं होता . sirph gyān sē jānā lēkin dil kē|K pyār kā anubhav nahī̃ kiyā pyār sē bāp kō yād nahī̃ kiyā tō practical phal nahī̃ nikaltā arthāt anubhav nahī̃ hōtā . sirph[adj.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō practical phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] arthāt anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . only knowledge from (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) but heart (of|K) love of experience not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] love from father to remembrance not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then practical fruit not be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that is experience not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

562If you simply know Him with knowledge, but do not experience Him with love in your heart, if you don't remember the Father with love, you won't receive the practical fruit, that is, you won't have that experience.

468अनुभवी स्वरूप है फल लेकिन पानी नहीं देते तो सूखा गन्ना हो जाता . anubhavī svarūp hai phal lēkin pānī nahī̃ dētē tō sūkhā gannā hō jātā . anubhavī[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin pānā[inf.f.]|pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sūkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] gannā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . experienced form be[pres.sg.23] fruit but (x[inf.f.]|water) not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then dry up[past-part.m.sg.d.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

563The form of experience is the fruit, but if you don't water it, then it becomes like dry sugar cane.

469भले कोर्स कराओ भाषण करके आओ और इनाम भी लेके आओ दिन में चार चार भाषण करो लेकिन दिल का स्नेह नहीं क्योंकि बाप से दिल के स्नेह की निशानी है हर ब्राह्मण परिवार से भी स्नेह . bhalē course karāō bhāṣhaṇ karkē āō aur inām bhī lēkē āō din mē̃ chār chār bhāṣhaṇ karō lēkin dil kā snēh nahī̃ kyōṅki bāp sē dil kē|K snēh kī|key niśhānī hai har|her brāhmaṇ parivār sē bhī snēh . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] course karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur inām[x] bhī[p.] lēnā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chār[adj.] chār[adj.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] harnā[root]|har|her brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . benefit course make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lecture do[abs.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and prize too take[abs.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] day in four four lecture do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but heart of love not because father from heart (of|K) love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] (x[root]|x) Brahmin family from too love .

564You may give courses, give lectures and even receive prizes, you may even give up to four lectures in a day, but there isn't love in the heart. 565The sign of having love for the Father in your heart is to have love for the whole Brahmin family.

470स्नेह नहीं तो माया के विघ्न ज्यादा आते हैं क्योंकि पानी डाला ही नहीं तो फल कैसे मिलेगा . snēh nahī̃ tō māyā kē|K vighna jyādā ātē haĩ kyōṅki pānī ḍālā hī nahī̃ tō phal kaisē milēgā . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃ tō[x] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki pānā[inf.f.]|pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃ tō[x] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . love otherwise Maya (of|K) obstacle more come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because (x[inf.f.]|water) create[past-part.m.sg.d.] only otherwise fruit how receive[fut.m.sg.23] .

566If there isn't love, you face more obstacles from Maya because if you haven't watered it, how can you receive any fruit?

471कई बच्चे कहते हैं ज्ञान तो समझ गये हैं बाबा से सर्व संबंध भी हैं लेकिन अनुभव नहीं होता . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ gyān tō samajh gayē haĩ bābā sē sarv sambandh bhī haĩ lēkin anubhav nahī̃ hōtā . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō samajhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] bābā sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] knowledge then understand[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] Baba from all relationship too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but experience not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

567Some children say that they have understood knowledge, that they even have all relationships with Baba, but that they don't have any experiences.

472अनुभव है फल सूखा ज्ञानी नहीं बनो स्नेही बाप का स्नेही परिवार का स्नेही स्वतः ही बन जाता है क्योंकि बाप समान है ना . anubhav hai phal sūkhā gyānī nahī̃ banō snēhī bāp kā snēhī parivār kā snēhī svataḥ hī ban jātā hai kyōṅki bāp samān hai nā . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sūkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] gyānī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] snēhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēhī[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēhī[adj.] svataḥ hī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki bāp samān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . experience be[pres.sg.23] fruit dry up[past-part.m.sg.d.] gyani not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] loving father of loving family of loving automatically only become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] because equal to the Father be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

568Experience is the fruit. 569Do not become dry knowledgeable souls. 570Be loving. 571Be loving to the Father and you will easily become loving to the family because you are equal to the Father.

473तो बाप का लास्ट बच्चे से भी दिल का प्यार है . tō bāp kā last bachchē sē bhī dil kā pyār hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then father of last child from too heart of love be[pres.sg.23] .

572The Father has love in His heart for even the last child.

474हर एक को स्नेह की वृत्ति से देखते . har ēk kō snēh kī|key vr̥itti sē dēkhtē . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . each one to love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude from see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

573He sees each one with an attitude of love.

475तो सिर्फ ज्ञानी नहीं बनो भाषण वाले नहीं भासना स्वरूप बनो . tō sirph gyānī nahī̃ banō bhāṣhaṇ vālē nahī̃ bhāsnā svarūp banō . tō sirph[adj.] gyānī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bhāsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then only gyani not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lecture those who not x[inf.m.sg.d.] form become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

574So, do not just be knowledgeable, not just those who give lectures, but be an embodiment of giving that feeling of belonging.

476अपने आपसे पूछो बाप से दिल का स्नेह है  ? apnē āpsē pūchhō bāp sē dil kā snēh hai  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? one’s own you[.sē] ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father from heart of love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

575Ask yourself: Do I have love for the Father in my heart?

477कि जिस समय आवश्यकता है उस समय का स्नेह है  ! ki jis samay āvaśhyaktā hai us samay kā snēh hai  ! ki[conj.] jis samay[x] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! that x need be[pres.sg.23] that time of love be[pres.sg.23]  !

576Or, do I only have love for Him when there is a need?

478वह हो गये ज्ञानी भक्त . vah hō gayē gyānī bhakta . vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] gyānī[adj.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] gyani devotee .

577That is being a knowledgeable devotee.

479तो इस वर्ष क्या करेंगे  ? tō is varṣh kyā karē̃gē  ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then this year what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

578So, what will you do this year?

480स्नेह का वायुमण्डल एक एक को देखके चाहे कमज़ोर है लेकिन पुरूषार्थी तो है ना  ! snēh kā vāyumaṇḍal ēk ēk kō dēkhkē chāhē kamzōr hai lēkin purūṣhārthī tō hai nā  ! snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin purūṣhārthī[x] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! love of atmosphere one one to see[abs.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) weak be[pres.sg.23] but effort-maker then be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

579Create an atmosphere of love. 580When you see each one, even if they are weak, at least they are effort-makers.

481परिवार का तो है ना . parivār kā tō hai nā . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . family of then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

581They are part of your family, are they not?

482गिरे हुए को गिराओ नहीं उमंग-उत्साह बढ़ाओ . girē huē kō girāō nahī̃ umaṅg-utsāh baṛhāō . girnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|girnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] girānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (fall down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall down[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not zeal and enthusiasm increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 483स्नेह का वायुमण्डल बनाओ . snēh kā vāyumaṇḍal banāō . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . love of atmosphere create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

582Do not make those who have already fallen fall further. 583Increase their zeal and enthusiasm and create an atmosphere of love.

484अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

584Achcha.

485यादप्यार तो बापदादा ने चारों ओर के बच्चों को दे ही दिया है . yādpyār tō bāpdādā nē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō dē hī diyā hai . yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] hī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . love, remembrance then BapDada ∅ everywhere (of|K) child to (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) only give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

585BapDada has already given all the children everywhere love and remembrance.

486चारों ओर के बच्चे अब बापदादा के होमवर्क को प्रैक्टिकल में करके सबूत देने वाले सपूत बच्चे का अपना प्रभाव दिखायेंगे . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē ab bāpdādā kē|K homework kō practical mē̃ karkē sabūt dēnē vālē sapūt bachchē kā apnā prabhāv dikhāyēṅgē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ab[adv.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K home work kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[abs.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) child now BapDada (of|K) homework to practical in do[abs.] x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who worthy child of (one’s own|adopt[root]) x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

586All the children everywhere will now do practically the homework that BapDada has given and give the proof of it and show its impact by becoming worthy children.

487तो चारों ओर के बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत दिल का दुलार और दिल की पदमगुणा यादप्यार स्वीकार हो . tō chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut dil kā dulār aur dil kī|key padamguṇā yādpyār svīkār hō . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then everywhere (of|K) child to very heart of love and affection and heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion-fold love, remembrance acceptance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

587So, lots and lots of love and affection from the heart to all the children everywhere, and also accept multimillionfold love and remembrance.

488और ऐसे लायक बच्चे श्रेष्ठ बच्चों को बापदादा का नमस्ते . aur aisē lāyak bachchē śhrēṣhṭh bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā namastē . aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lāyak[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] namastē . and such worthy child elevated child to BapDada of x .

588BapDada's namaste to such worthy and elevated children.

489दादियों से  : बहुत प्यार भी है और उम्मीदें भी हैं जो चाहे वह कर सकते हो . dādiyō̃ sē  : bahut pyār bhī hai aur ummīdē̃ bhī haĩ jō chāhē vah kar saktē hō . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . Dadi from  : very love too be[pres.sg.23] and x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . 490जैसे आप सबकी दादी निमित्त बनी ना . jaisē āp sabkī dādī nimitt banī nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] nā . like you everyone's Dadi instrument become[past-part.f.] ∅ .

589BapDada meeting the Dadis: Baba has a lot of love for you and a lot of hopes for you. 590You can do what you want, just as the Dadi of all of you became an instrument.

491कोई कहे ना कहे लेकिन निमित्त पालना के बनी तो आटोमेटिक याद आती है . kōī kahē nā kahē lēkin nimitt pālnā kē|K banī tō automatic yād ātī hai . kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] nā kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[past-part.f.] tō automatic yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . some (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) ∅ (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) but instrument (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (of|K) become[past-part.f.] then x remembrance come[pres.sg.f.23] .

591Whether anyone says it or not, she became an instrument to give sustenance and so she is automatically remembered.

492बापदादा की तो बात छोड़ो लेकिन दादी तो आप जैसे ही थी . bāpdādā kī|key tō bāt chhōṛō lēkin dādī tō āp jaisē hī thī . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[past.f] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then matter renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but Dadi then you like only be[past.f] . 493लेकिन करके दिखाया . lēkin karkē dikhāyā . lēkin karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . but do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

592Let alone BapDada, Dadi was like all of you and she demonstrated it by doing it.

494सबसे बड़ा पेपर दादी ने ब्रह्मा बाप के अव्यक्त होने के टाइम दिया . sabsē baṛā paper dādī nē brahmā bāp kē|K avyakt hōnē kē|K time diyā . sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paper dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K avyakt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . the most very paper Dadi ∅ Brahma father (of|K) avyakt be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time give[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 495ऐसे वायुमण्डल अचानक और इतनी हिम्मत रखना और सभी को मददगार बनाना यह तो कमाल की ना . aisē vāyumaṇḍal achānak aur itnī himmat rakhnā aur sabhī kō madadgār banānā yah tō kamāl kī|key nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] achānak aur itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nā . such atmosphere suddenly and such courage keep[inf.m.sg.d.] and all to helper create[inf.m.sg.d.] this then x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ∅ .

593Dadi took the hardest paper of all when Father Brahma became avyakt: in suddenly having such an atmosphere and then having such courage and making everyone a helper. 594She performed a wonder, did she not?

496भले साथ तो सबने दिया लेकिन निमित्त तो बनी . bhalē sāth tō sabnē diyā lēkin nimitt tō banī . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sabnē dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.f.] . benefit with then x give[past-part.m.sg.d.] but instrument then become[past-part.f.] .

595Although everyone gave their company, she became an instrument.

497दादी की विशेषता क्या रही  ? dādī kī|key viśhēṣhtā kyā rahī  ? dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā rahnā[past-part.f.]  ? Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality what remain[past-part.f.]  ?

596What was Dadi's speciality?

498दिल साफ मुराद हांसिल . dil sāph murād hā̃sil . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāph[adj.] murād[n.f.;sg.] hā̃sil[n.m.;sg.,d.] . heart clean x fulfilled .

597With a clean heart, all desires are fulfilled.

499किसी की भी बात दिल में नहीं रखी . kisī kī|key bhī bāt dil mē̃ nahī̃ rakhī . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[past-part.f.] . (anything|some) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too matter heart in not keep[past-part.f.] .

598She never kept anything in her heart.

500और अलबेलापन देखते भी उसको उमंग दिलाया . aur albēlāpan dēkhtē bhī uskō umaṅg dilāyā . aur albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.kō] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and carelessness see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too that[.kō] zeal x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

599And when she saw carelessness in someone, she gave them enthusiasm.

501अलबेला है छोड दो नहीं . albēlā hai chhōḍ dō nahī̃ . albēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] nahī̃[neg] . careless be[pres.sg.23] renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] not .

600Not, "They are careless and so leave them alone!"

502हिम्मत दिलाई . himmat dilāī . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[past-part.f.] . courage x[past-part.f.] .

601She gave them courage.

503तो सभी के दिल से निकलता है मेरी दादी . tō sabhī kē|K dil sē nikaltā hai mērī dādī . tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . then all (of|K) heart from be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] I[.kī] Dadi .

602And so, "My Dadi" emerges from everyone's heart.

504दिल से कहते हैं ना सभी मेरी दादी . dil sē kahtē haĩ nā sabhī mērī dādī . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā sab[adv.hī] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . heart from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ all I[.kī] Dadi .

603All of you say "My Dadi" from your heart, do you not?

505इसलिए आप लोग भी ग्रुप बनाओ जो लक्ष्य रखे चलो बाप समान तो बनना ही है लेकिन कम से कम दादी के समान भासना दे . isliē āp lōg bhī group banāō jō lakṣhya rakhē chalō bāp samān tō bannā hī hai lēkin kam sē kam dādī kē|K samān bhāsnā dē . isliē āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.sg.23]|rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp samān[x] tō bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kam sē kam[x] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] bhāsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] . therefore you people too group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that aim (keep[opt.sg.23]|keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] equal to the Father then become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] but at least Dadi (of|K) equal x[inf.m.sg.d.] (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) .

604Therefore, all of you should also create a group who has the aim: OK, we have to become equal to the Father anyway, but at least let us give the same feeling that Dadi did.

506ऐसा ग्रुप चाहिए . aisā group chāhiē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . such group (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) . 507एक नहीं . ēk nahī̃ . ēk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . one not .

605Such a group is needed, not just one.

508एक दो के साथी बन ऐसा प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप दिखाना . ēk dō kē|K sāthī ban aisā pratyakṣha svarūp dikhānā . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (of|K) companion (x|become[root]) such x x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

606Become one another's companion and show such a practical form.

509फिर बापदादा उस ग्रुप को विशेष गिफ्ट देंगे . phir bāpdādā us group kō viśhēṣh gift dēgē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā vah[pn.sg.o.] group kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] gift dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) BapDada that group to special gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

607Then BapDada will give that group a special gift.

510क्या देंगे वह नहीं बतायेंगे . kyā dēgē vah nahī̃ batāyēṅgē . kyā dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . what give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that not tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 511लेकिन देंगे . lēkin dēgē . lēkin dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

608Baba will not tell you what He will give, but He will give.

512लेना ही है . lēnā hī hai . lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . take[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

609You have to claim it.

513ऐसी रूहरिहान करो . aisī rūhrihān karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rūhrihān[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such spiritual conversation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

610Have such a heart-to-heart conversation.

514मीटिंग करते हैं वह भी जरूरी है लेकिन ऐसे उमंग उत्साह की रूहरिहान भी करो तभी ठीक है . meeting kartē haĩ vah bhī jarūrī hai lēkin aisē umaṅg utsāh kī|key rūhrihān bhī karō tabhī ṭhīk hai . meeting karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rūhrihān[x] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tabhī ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . meeting do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that too essential be[pres.sg.23] but such zeal enthusiasm (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) spiritual conversation too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x OK be[pres.sg.23] .

611The meetings that you have are essential, but also have such heart-to-heart conversations filled with zeal and enthusiasm and then it will be fine.

515ग्रुप बनाना ही है . group banānā hī hai . group banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . group create[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

612Groups definitely have to be created.

516जैसे देखो यह 6-7 अपना टाइम निकालके अन्तर्मुखी रही ना ( बहनों ने भट्ठी की थी ) निकल गया ना टाइम प्रैक्टिकल करके दिखाया ना . jaisē dēkhō yah 6-7 apnā time nikālkē antarmukhī rahī nā ( bahanō̃ nē bhaṭṭhī kī thī ) nikal gayā nā time practical karkē dikhāyā nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] 6-7 apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] time nikālnā[abs.] antarmukhī[adj.] rahnā[past-part.f.] nā ( bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhaṭṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-perf.f.] ) nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā time practical karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this 6-7 (one’s own|adopt[root]) time x[abs.] introverted remain[past-part.f.] ∅ ( x ∅ bhatti do[past-perf.f.] ) be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ time practical do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .

613For example, these six to seven sisters made time and remained introverted, did they not? 614They made time, did they not? 615They demonstrated this by doing it practically.

517तो क्या नहीं हो सकता . tō kyā nahī̃ hō saktā . tō kyā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then what not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

616So what can not be achieved?

518और उसका प्रभाव भी है प्रैक्टिकल में सबूत भी है . aur uskā prabhāv bhī hai practical mē̃ sabūt bhī hai . aur vah[pn.sg.kā] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] practical mē̃[postp.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and that[.kā] x too be[pres.sg.23] practical in x too be[pres.sg.23] .

617And it creates an impact. 618There is the practical proof.

519तो यह जरूरी है . tō yah jarūrī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this essential be[pres.sg.23] .

619So, this is essential.

520आप तो ( दादी जानकी से ) रूहरिहान करने में होशियार हैं . āp tō ( dādī jānkī sē ) rūhrihān karnē mē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] tō ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) rūhrihān[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you then ( Dadi x from ) spiritual conversation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

620To Dadi Janki: You are clever in having heart-to-heart conversations.

521एक दो के सहयोगी तो हैं ही . ēk dō kē|K sahyōgī tō haĩ hī . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (of|K) co-operative then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only .

621You are co-operative with one another.

522मतलब कुछ नवीनता करके दिखाओ जैसे चल रहा है वैसे चल रहा है नहीं . matlab kuchh navīntā karkē dikhāō jaisē chal rahā hai vaisē chal rahā hai nahī̃ . matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nahī̃[neg] . x anything newness do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] like continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] x continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] not .

622The main thing is that you have to show some newness. 623Not that it is fine to move along as we are doing.

523इससे समय समीप आयेगा . issē samay samīp āyēgā . yah[pn.sg.sē] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samīp[adj.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . this[.sē] time close come[fut.m.sg.23] .

624Through this (newness) time will come closer.

524अभी देखो भय में भी चिल्ला रहे हैं लम्बा कर रहे हैं जो करना है कर लेवे नहीं कोई न कोई कारण बनके ठण्डा हो जाता है . abhī dēkhō bhay mē̃ bhī chillā rahē haĩ lambā kar rahē haĩ jō karnā hai kar lēvē nahī̃ kōī na kōī kāraṇ bankē ṭhaṇḍā hō jātā hai . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] chillānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] karnā[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] nahī̃[neg] kōī na kōī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] ṭhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] fear in too cry[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] not one .. or another because become[abs.] cool be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

625Now, people are crying out in fear. 626Everything is being delayed. 627Do not think that you will continue to move along as you are doing. 628No. 629Something or other becomes a reason to make you cool down again.

525इसलिए यह करना है यह साल शुरू होगा तो प्लैन बनाना . isliē yah karnā hai yah sāl śhurū hōgā tō plan banānā . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō plan banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] this year x then plan create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

630Therefore, you have to do this. 631Make plans when this year begins.

526दादी जानकी ने बापदादा को अंकल आंटी की याद दी  : जैसे बापदादा ने आज कहा ना वी . आई . पी हो माइक भी हो और वारिस भी हो ऐसा प्रैक्टिकल निमित्त बना और परिवार का भी कल्याण किया और रत्न भी ऐसे निकाले . dādī jānkī nē bāpdādā kō uncle aunty kī|key yād dī|the  : jaisē bāpdādā nē āj kahā nā we|V . āī|eye|I . pī hō mike bhī hō aur vāris bhī hō aisā practical nimitt banā aur parivār kā bhī kalyāṇ kiyā aur ratna bhī aisē nikālē . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] uncle aunty karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the  : jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] āj kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] mike bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[opt.sg.23]|nikālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . Dadi x ∅ BapDada to Uncle Auntie (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance (give[past-part.f.]|the)  : like BapDada ∅ today say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[pres-perf.pl.f.2] mike too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and heir too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) such practical instrument (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) and family of too benefit do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and jewel too such (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

632Dadi Janki gave BapDada love and remembrance of Uncle and Aunty: Just as BapDada said today, he should be a VIP, a mike and also an heir and so he became a practical instrument and also benefitted his family and also made such jewels emerge.

527बड़े भाईयों से  : एक अकेला ब्रह्मा बाप ने कमाल करके दिखाई ना . baṛē bhāīyō̃ sē  : ēk akēlā brahmā bāp nē kamāl karkē dikhāī nā . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : ēk[adj.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nā . very brother from  : one alone Brahma father ∅ x do[abs.] (x|x[past-part.f.]) ∅ .

633To the senior brothers: Father Brahma alone showed wonders, did he not?

528तो आप तो कितने हो . tō āp tō kitnē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you then so (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

634And how many of you are there?

529हो जायेगा हुआ पड़ा है सिर्फ निमित्त बना रहे हैं . hō jāyēgā huā paṛā hai sirph nimitt banā rahē haĩ . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+paṛnā] sirph[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+paṛnā] only instrument create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

635It will happen. 636It is already accomplished. 637Baba is just making you instruments.

530निमित्त बनने वाले को ही प्राप्ति होती है विशेष . nimitt bannē vālē kō hī prāpti hōtī hai viśhēṣh . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] viśhēṣh[adj.] . instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to only attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] special .

638It is those who become instruments who receive special attainment.

531साधारण तो सबको होती है लेकिन जो निमित्त बनता है उसको विशेष प्राप्ति होती है . sādhāraṇ tō sabkō hōtī hai lēkin jō nimitt bantā hai uskō viśhēṣh prāpti hōtī hai . sādhāraṇ[adj.] tō sabkō hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] viśhēṣh[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ordinary then everything be[pres.sg.f.23] but that instrument become[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] special attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] .

639Everyone has ordinary attainment, but those who become instruments have special attainment.

532तो इन्हों को ( दादियों को ) कहा है आपस में रूहरिहान करो . tō inhō̃ kō ( dādiyō̃ kō ) kahā hai āpas mē̃ rūhrihān karō . tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ) kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] āpas mē̃[x] rūhrihān[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this to ( Dadi to ) say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] with each other spiritual conversation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

640So, Baba has asked them (Dadis) to have special chit- chat among themselves.

533मीटिंग भले करो लेकिन रूहरिहान भी करो . meeting bhalē karō lēkin rūhrihān bhī karō . meeting bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin rūhrihān[x] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . meeting benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but spiritual conversation too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

641You may have meetings, but you also need to have conversations.

534टाइम निकालना पड़ेगा वह तो चलता ही रहेगा . time nikālnā paṛēgā vah tō chaltā hī rahēgā . time nikālnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . time x[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] that then continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only remain[fut.m.sg.23] .

642You will have to make time for this. 643The other things will continue anyway.

535अपने टाइम को सेट करना पड़ेगा . apnē time kō set karnā paṛēgā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time kō[postp.] set karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . one’s own time to set do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

644You will have to set your time for this.

536अच्छाachchhāachchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]achcha

645Achcha.

5372008 की विदाई 2009 की बधाई - रात्रि 12 बजे के बाद बापदादा ने सभी बच्चों को नये वर्ष की बधाईयां दी  : 2008 kī|key vidāī 2009 kī|key badhāī - rātri 12 bajē kē bād bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchō̃ kō nayē varṣh kī|key badhāīyā̃ dī|the  : 2008 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 2009 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] - rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 12 bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the  : 2008 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) farewell 2009 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings - night 12 (o'clock|x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) after BapDada ∅ all child to new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings (give[past-part.f.]|the)  :

646Farewell to 2008 and Welcome to 2009: 647Greetings to all the children for the New Year at Midnight from BapDada:

538सभी ने नया वर्ष मनाया और इस साल का हर दिन स्व-परिवर्तन और विश्व परिवर्तन के रूप से मनाते रहना . sabhī nē nayā varṣh manāyā aur is sāl kā har|her din sva-parivartan aur viśhva parivartan kē|K rūp sē manātē rahnā . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] nayā varṣh[x] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur yah[pn.sg.o.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sva-parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] manānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all ∅ New Year celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] and this year of (x[root]|x) day self-transformation and world transformation (of|K) Rup from celebrate[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

648Everyone celebrated the New Year. 649Continue to celebrate every day as the day for self-transformation and world-transformation.

539हर दिन नया परिवर्तन . har|her din nayā parivartan . harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x[root]|x) day new transformation .

650Each day is new for transformation every day of this year.

540हर दिन नई सेवा हर दिन सदा उमंग और उत्साह एक दिन भी चिंता चिंतन का नहीं हमेशा उमंग उत्साह से दिन और रात बिताना इस नये वर्ष में हर दिन कुछ न कुछ नया स्व के प्रति या विश्व के प्रति सेवा के प्रति करना ही है ऐसा दृढ़ संकल्प कर समय को समीप लाते हुए सम्पूर्ण बाप समान बन उड़ना है और उड़ाना है . har|her din naī sēvā har|her din sadā umaṅg aur utsāh ēk din bhī chintā chintan kā nahī̃ hamēśhā umaṅg utsāh sē din aur rāt bitānā is nayē varṣh mē̃ har|her din kuchh na kuchh nayā sva kē prati yā viśhva kē prati sēvā kē prati karnā hī hai aisā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kar samay kō samīp lātē huē sampūrṇ bāp samān ban uṛnā hai aur uṛānā hai . harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] aur utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] chintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hamēśhā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rāt[n.f.;sg.] bitānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sva kē prati[x] yā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē prati[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sampūrṇ[adj.] bāp samān[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] uṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur uṛānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (x[root]|x) day new service (x[root]|x) day constantly zeal and enthusiasm one day too worry churning of not x zeal enthusiasm from day and night take[inf.m.sg.d.] this new year in (x[root]|x) day anything not anything new x for or world for service for do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] such determined thought do[root] time to close x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] complete equal to the Father (x|become[root]) fly[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

651Every day is for new service, every day is constantly for new zeal and enthusiasm. 652Not a single day is for worry or other thoughts. 653Let every day and night be spent in zeal and enthusiasm. 654In this New Year, you definitely have to do something new each day for the self, for the world and for service. 655Have such a determined thought, bring time close, become perfect, become equal to the Father, fly and continue to make others fly.

541गुड नाइट . good night . good night[x] . x .

656Good night.

542अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

657Achcha.

658* * * O M S H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used
Downloadable data
CSV / Excel format details

The CSV file is a data table that you can open with LibreOffice, Google Sheets or any spreadsheet program.

Delimiter : comma (,). Text qualifier: ".

The murli is presented in three columns: Hindi, Hinglish, and English.

The rows correspond to one or more sentences in Hindi, with the corresponding transliteration (Hinglish) and translation.

Document formatting can be improved for printing (font size, column width, margins, automatic line break, optimal row height, etc.)